diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareBase.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb61472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_BASE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_BASE_H
+
+#include <hardware_legacy/AudioHardwareInterface.h>
+
+#include <system/audio.h>
+
+namespace android_audio_legacy {
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * AudioHardwareBase is a convenient base class used for implementing the
+ * AudioHardwareInterface interface.
+ */
+class AudioHardwareBase : public AudioHardwareInterface {
+  public:
+    AudioHardwareBase();
+    virtual ~AudioHardwareBase() {}
+
+    /**
+     * setMode is called when the audio mode changes. NORMAL mode is for
+     * standard audio playback, RINGTONE when a ringtone is playing, IN_CALL
+     * when a telephony call is in progress, IN_COMMUNICATION when a VoIP call is in progress.
+     */
+    virtual status_t setMode(int mode);
+
+    virtual status_t setParameters(const String8& keyValuePairs);
+    virtual String8 getParameters(const String8& keys);
+
+    virtual size_t getInputBufferSize(uint32_t sampleRate, int format, int channelCount);
+    virtual status_t getMasterVolume(float* volume);
+
+    /**This method dumps the state of the audio hardware */
+    virtual status_t dumpState(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args);
+
+  protected:
+    /** returns true if the given mode maps to a telephony or VoIP call is in progress */
+    virtual bool isModeInCall(int mode) {
+        return ((mode == AudioSystem::MODE_IN_CALL) ||
+                (mode == AudioSystem::MODE_IN_COMMUNICATION));
+    };
+    /** returns true if a telephony or VoIP call is in progress */
+    virtual bool isInCall() { return isModeInCall(mMode); };
+    int mMode;
+};
+
+};  // namespace android_audio_legacy
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_BASE_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareInterface.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareInterface.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7befb79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioHardwareInterface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_INTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <utils/Errors.h>
+#include <utils/String16.h>
+#include <utils/String8.h>
+#include <utils/Vector.h>
+
+#include <hardware_legacy/AudioSystemLegacy.h>
+
+#include <hardware/audio.h>
+#include <system/audio.h>
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+
+namespace android_audio_legacy {
+using android::String16;
+using android::String8;
+using android::Vector;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/**
+ * AudioStreamOut is the abstraction interface for the audio output hardware.
+ *
+ * It provides information about various properties of the audio output hardware driver.
+ */
+class AudioStreamOut {
+  public:
+    virtual ~AudioStreamOut() = 0;
+
+    /** return audio sampling rate in hz - eg. 44100 */
+    virtual uint32_t sampleRate() const = 0;
+
+    /** returns size of output buffer - eg. 4800 */
+    virtual size_t bufferSize() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * returns the output channel mask
+     */
+    virtual uint32_t channels() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * return audio format in 8bit or 16bit PCM format -
+     * eg. AudioSystem:PCM_16_BIT
+     */
+    virtual int format() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * return the frame size (number of bytes per sample).
+     */
+    uint32_t frameSize() const {
+        return audio_channel_count_from_out_mask(channels()) *
+               ((format() == AUDIO_FORMAT_PCM_16_BIT) ? sizeof(int16_t) : sizeof(int8_t));
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * return the audio hardware driver latency in milli seconds.
+     */
+    virtual uint32_t latency() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Use this method in situations where audio mixing is done in the
+     * hardware. This method serves as a direct interface with hardware,
+     * allowing you to directly set the volume as apposed to via the framework.
+     * This method might produce multiple PCM outputs or hardware accelerated
+     * codecs, such as MP3 or AAC.
+     */
+    virtual status_t setVolume(float left, float right) = 0;
+
+    /** write audio buffer to driver. Returns number of bytes written */
+    virtual ssize_t write(const void* buffer, size_t bytes) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the audio hardware output into standby mode. Returns
+     * status based on include/utils/Errors.h
+     */
+    virtual status_t standby() = 0;
+
+    /** dump the state of the audio output device */
+    virtual status_t dump(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args) = 0;
+
+    // set/get audio output parameters. The function accepts a list of parameters
+    // key value pairs in the form: key1=value1;key2=value2;...
+    // Some keys are reserved for standard parameters (See AudioParameter class).
+    // If the implementation does not accept a parameter change while the output is
+    // active but the parameter is acceptable otherwise, it must return INVALID_OPERATION.
+    // The audio flinger will put the output in standby and then change the parameter value.
+    virtual status_t setParameters(const String8& keyValuePairs) = 0;
+    virtual String8 getParameters(const String8& keys) = 0;
+
+    // return the number of audio frames written by the audio dsp to DAC since
+    // the output has exited standby
+    virtual status_t getRenderPosition(uint32_t* dspFrames) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * get the local time at which the next write to the audio driver will be
+     * presented
+     */
+    virtual status_t getNextWriteTimestamp(int64_t* timestamp);
+
+    /**
+     * Return a recent count of the number of audio frames presented to an external observer.
+     */
+    virtual status_t getPresentationPosition(uint64_t* frames, struct timespec* timestamp);
+};
+
+/**
+ * AudioStreamIn is the abstraction interface for the audio input hardware.
+ *
+ * It defines the various properties of the audio hardware input driver.
+ */
+class AudioStreamIn {
+  public:
+    virtual ~AudioStreamIn() = 0;
+
+    /** return audio sampling rate in hz - eg. 44100 */
+    virtual uint32_t sampleRate() const = 0;
+
+    /** return the input buffer size allowed by audio driver */
+    virtual size_t bufferSize() const = 0;
+
+    /** return input channel mask */
+    virtual uint32_t channels() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * return audio format in 8bit or 16bit PCM format -
+     * eg. AudioSystem:PCM_16_BIT
+     */
+    virtual int format() const = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * return the frame size (number of bytes per sample).
+     */
+    uint32_t frameSize() const {
+        return audio_channel_count_from_in_mask(channels()) *
+               ((format() == AudioSystem::PCM_16_BIT) ? sizeof(int16_t) : sizeof(int8_t));
+    }
+
+    /** set the input gain for the audio driver. This method is for
+     *  for future use */
+    virtual status_t setGain(float gain) = 0;
+
+    /** read audio buffer in from audio driver */
+    virtual ssize_t read(void* buffer, ssize_t bytes) = 0;
+
+    /** dump the state of the audio input device */
+    virtual status_t dump(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Put the audio hardware input into standby mode. Returns
+     * status based on include/utils/Errors.h
+     */
+    virtual status_t standby() = 0;
+
+    // set/get audio input parameters. The function accepts a list of parameters
+    // key value pairs in the form: key1=value1;key2=value2;...
+    // Some keys are reserved for standard parameters (See AudioParameter class).
+    // If the implementation does not accept a parameter change while the output is
+    // active but the parameter is acceptable otherwise, it must return INVALID_OPERATION.
+    // The audio flinger will put the input in standby and then change the parameter value.
+    virtual status_t setParameters(const String8& keyValuePairs) = 0;
+    virtual String8 getParameters(const String8& keys) = 0;
+
+    // Return the number of input frames lost in the audio driver since the last call of this
+    // function. Audio driver is expected to reset the value to 0 and restart counting upon
+    // returning the current value by this function call. Such loss typically occurs when the user
+    // space process is blocked longer than the capacity of audio driver buffers. Unit: the number
+    // of input audio frames
+    virtual unsigned int getInputFramesLost() const = 0;
+
+    virtual status_t addAudioEffect(effect_handle_t effect) = 0;
+    virtual status_t removeAudioEffect(effect_handle_t effect) = 0;
+};
+
+/**
+ * AudioHardwareInterface.h defines the interface to the audio hardware abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * The interface supports setting and getting parameters, selecting audio routing
+ * paths, and defining input and output streams.
+ *
+ * AudioFlinger initializes the audio hardware and immediately opens an output stream.
+ * You can set Audio routing to output to handset, speaker, Bluetooth, or a headset.
+ *
+ * The audio input stream is initialized when AudioFlinger is called to carry out
+ * a record operation.
+ */
+class AudioHardwareInterface {
+  public:
+    virtual ~AudioHardwareInterface() {}
+
+    /**
+     * check to see if the audio hardware interface has been initialized.
+     * return status based on values defined in include/utils/Errors.h
+     */
+    virtual status_t initCheck() = 0;
+
+    /** set the audio volume of a voice call. Range is between 0.0 and 1.0 */
+    virtual status_t setVoiceVolume(float volume) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * set the audio volume for all audio activities other than voice call.
+     * Range between 0.0 and 1.0. If any value other than NO_ERROR is returned,
+     * the software mixer will emulate this capability.
+     */
+    virtual status_t setMasterVolume(float volume) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * Get the current master volume value for the HAL, if the HAL supports
+     * master volume control.  AudioFlinger will query this value from the
+     * primary audio HAL when the service starts and use the value for setting
+     * the initial master volume across all HALs.
+     */
+    virtual status_t getMasterVolume(float* volume) = 0;
+
+    /**
+     * setMode is called when the audio mode changes. NORMAL mode is for
+     * standard audio playback, RINGTONE when a ringtone is playing, and IN_CALL
+     * when a call is in progress.
+     */
+    virtual status_t setMode(int mode) = 0;
+
+    // mic mute
+    virtual status_t setMicMute(bool state) = 0;
+    virtual status_t getMicMute(bool* state) = 0;
+
+    // set/get global audio parameters
+    virtual status_t setParameters(const String8& keyValuePairs) = 0;
+    virtual String8 getParameters(const String8& keys) = 0;
+
+    // Returns audio input buffer size according to parameters passed or 0 if one of the
+    // parameters is not supported
+    virtual size_t getInputBufferSize(uint32_t sampleRate, int format, int channelCount) = 0;
+
+    /** This method creates and opens the audio hardware output stream */
+    virtual AudioStreamOut* openOutputStream(uint32_t devices, int* format = 0,
+                                             uint32_t* channels = 0, uint32_t* sampleRate = 0,
+                                             status_t* status = 0) = 0;
+    virtual AudioStreamOut* openOutputStreamWithFlags(
+            uint32_t devices, audio_output_flags_t flags = (audio_output_flags_t)0, int* format = 0,
+            uint32_t* channels = 0, uint32_t* sampleRate = 0, status_t* status = 0) = 0;
+    virtual void closeOutputStream(AudioStreamOut* out) = 0;
+
+    /** This method creates and opens the audio hardware input stream */
+    virtual AudioStreamIn* openInputStream(uint32_t devices, int* format, uint32_t* channels,
+                                           uint32_t* sampleRate, status_t* status,
+                                           AudioSystem::audio_in_acoustics acoustics) = 0;
+    virtual void closeInputStream(AudioStreamIn* in) = 0;
+
+    /**This method dumps the state of the audio hardware */
+    virtual status_t dumpState(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args) = 0;
+
+    virtual status_t setMasterMute(bool muted) = 0;
+
+    static AudioHardwareInterface* create();
+
+    virtual int createAudioPatch(unsigned int num_sources, const struct audio_port_config* sources,
+                                 unsigned int num_sinks, const struct audio_port_config* sinks,
+                                 audio_patch_handle_t* handle) = 0;
+
+    virtual int releaseAudioPatch(audio_patch_handle_t handle) = 0;
+
+    virtual int getAudioPort(struct audio_port* port) = 0;
+
+    virtual int setAudioPortConfig(const struct audio_port_config* config) = 0;
+
+  protected:
+    virtual status_t dump(int fd, const Vector<String16>& args) = 0;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+extern "C" AudioHardwareInterface* createAudioHardware(void);
+
+};  // namespace android_audio_legacy
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_AUDIO_HARDWARE_INTERFACE_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyInterface.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyInterface.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec9c432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyInterface.h
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIOPOLICYINTERFACE_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIOPOLICYINTERFACE_H
+
+#include <media/AudioSystem.h>
+#include <media/ToneGenerator.h>
+#include <utils/String8.h>
+
+#include <hardware/audio_policy.h>
+#include <hardware_legacy/AudioSystemLegacy.h>
+
+namespace android_audio_legacy {
+using android::String8;
+using android::ToneGenerator;
+using android::Vector;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// The AudioPolicyInterface and AudioPolicyClientInterface classes define the communication
+// interfaces between the platform specific audio policy manager and Android generic audio policy
+// manager. The platform specific audio policy manager must implement methods of the
+// AudioPolicyInterface class. This implementation makes use of the AudioPolicyClientInterface to
+// control the activity and configuration of audio input and output streams.
+//
+// The platform specific audio policy manager is in charge of the audio routing and volume control
+// policies for a given platform.
+// The main roles of this module are:
+//   - keep track of current system state (removable device connections, phone state, user
+//   requests...). System state changes and user actions are notified to audio policy manager with
+//   methods of the AudioPolicyInterface.
+//   - process getOutput() queries received when AudioTrack objects are created: Those queries
+//   return a handler on an output that has been selected, configured and opened by the audio policy
+//   manager and that must be used by the AudioTrack when registering to the AudioFlinger with the
+//   createTrack() method. When the AudioTrack object is released, a putOutput() query is received
+//   and the audio policy manager can decide to close or reconfigure the output depending on other
+//   streams using this output and current system state.
+//   - similarly process getInput() and putInput() queries received from AudioRecord objects and
+//   configure audio inputs.
+//   - process volume control requests: the stream volume is converted from an index value (received
+//   from UI) to a float value applicable to each output as a function of platform specific settings
+//   and current output route (destination device). It also make sure that streams are not muted if
+//   not allowed (e.g. camera shutter sound in some countries).
+//
+// The platform specific audio policy manager is provided as a shared library by platform vendors
+// (as for libaudio.so) and is linked with libaudioflinger.so
+
+//    Audio Policy Manager Interface
+class AudioPolicyInterface {
+  public:
+    virtual ~AudioPolicyInterface() {}
+    //
+    // configuration functions
+    //
+
+    // indicate a change in device connection status
+    virtual status_t setDeviceConnectionState(audio_devices_t device,
+                                              AudioSystem::device_connection_state state,
+                                              const char* device_address) = 0;
+    // retrieve a device connection status
+    virtual AudioSystem::device_connection_state getDeviceConnectionState(
+            audio_devices_t device, const char* device_address) = 0;
+    // indicate a change in phone state. Valid phones states are defined by AudioSystem::audio_mode
+    virtual void setPhoneState(int state) = 0;
+    // force using a specific device category for the specified usage
+    virtual void setForceUse(AudioSystem::force_use usage, AudioSystem::forced_config config) = 0;
+    // retrieve current device category forced for a given usage
+    virtual AudioSystem::forced_config getForceUse(AudioSystem::force_use usage) = 0;
+    // set a system property (e.g. camera sound always audible)
+    virtual void setSystemProperty(const char* property, const char* value) = 0;
+    // check proper initialization
+    virtual status_t initCheck() = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Audio routing query functions
+    //
+
+    // request an output appropriate for playback of the supplied stream type and parameters
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getOutput(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                        audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                        AudioSystem::output_flags flags,
+                                        const audio_offload_info_t* offloadInfo) = 0;
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the output starts being used by corresponding
+    // stream.
+    virtual status_t startOutput(audio_io_handle_t output, AudioSystem::stream_type stream,
+                                 audio_session_t session = AUDIO_SESSION_NONE) = 0;
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the output stops being used by corresponding
+    // stream.
+    virtual status_t stopOutput(audio_io_handle_t output, AudioSystem::stream_type stream,
+                                audio_session_t session = AUDIO_SESSION_NONE) = 0;
+    // releases the output.
+    virtual void releaseOutput(audio_io_handle_t output) = 0;
+
+    // request an input appropriate for record from the supplied device with supplied parameters.
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getInput(int inputSource, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                       audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                       AudioSystem::audio_in_acoustics acoustics) = 0;
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the input starts being used.
+    virtual status_t startInput(audio_io_handle_t input) = 0;
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the input stops being used.
+    virtual status_t stopInput(audio_io_handle_t input) = 0;
+    // releases the input.
+    virtual void releaseInput(audio_io_handle_t input) = 0;
+
+    //
+    // volume control functions
+    //
+
+    // initialises stream volume conversion parameters by specifying volume index range.
+    virtual void initStreamVolume(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int indexMin, int indexMax) = 0;
+
+    // sets the new stream volume at a level corresponding to the supplied index for the
+    // supplied device. By convention, specifying AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT means
+    // setting volume for all devices
+    virtual status_t setStreamVolumeIndex(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int index,
+                                          audio_devices_t device) = 0;
+
+    // retrieve current volume index for the specified stream and the
+    // specified device. By convention, specifying AUDIO_DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT means
+    // querying the volume of the active device.
+    virtual status_t getStreamVolumeIndex(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int* index,
+                                          audio_devices_t device) = 0;
+
+    // return the strategy corresponding to a given stream type
+    virtual uint32_t getStrategyForStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream) = 0;
+
+    // return the enabled output devices for the given stream type
+    virtual audio_devices_t getDevicesForStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream) = 0;
+
+    // Audio effect management
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getOutputForEffect(const effect_descriptor_t* desc) = 0;
+    virtual status_t registerEffect(const effect_descriptor_t* desc, audio_io_handle_t io,
+                                    uint32_t strategy, audio_session_t session, int id) = 0;
+    virtual status_t unregisterEffect(int id) = 0;
+    virtual status_t setEffectEnabled(int id, bool enabled) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isStreamActive(int stream, uint32_t inPastMs = 0) const = 0;
+    virtual bool isStreamActiveRemotely(int stream, uint32_t inPastMs = 0) const = 0;
+    virtual bool isSourceActive(audio_source_t source) const = 0;
+
+    // dump state
+    virtual status_t dump(int fd) = 0;
+
+    virtual bool isOffloadSupported(const audio_offload_info_t& offloadInfo) = 0;
+};
+
+// Audio Policy client Interface
+class AudioPolicyClientInterface {
+  public:
+    virtual ~AudioPolicyClientInterface() {}
+
+    //
+    // Audio HW module functions
+    //
+
+    // loads a HW module.
+    virtual audio_module_handle_t loadHwModule(const char* name) = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Audio output Control functions
+    //
+
+    // opens an audio output with the requested parameters. The parameter values can indicate to use
+    // the default values in case the audio policy manager has no specific requirements for the
+    // output being opened. When the function returns, the parameter values reflect the actual
+    // values used by the audio hardware output stream. The audio policy manager can check if the
+    // proposed parameters are suitable or not and act accordingly.
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t openOutput(audio_module_handle_t module, audio_devices_t* pDevices,
+                                         uint32_t* pSamplingRate, audio_format_t* pFormat,
+                                         audio_channel_mask_t* pChannelMask, uint32_t* pLatencyMs,
+                                         audio_output_flags_t flags,
+                                         const audio_offload_info_t* offloadInfo = NULL) = 0;
+    // creates a special output that is duplicated to the two outputs passed as arguments. The
+    // duplication is performed by a special mixer thread in the AudioFlinger.
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t openDuplicateOutput(audio_io_handle_t output1,
+                                                  audio_io_handle_t output2) = 0;
+    // closes the output stream
+    virtual status_t closeOutput(audio_io_handle_t output) = 0;
+    // suspends the output. When an output is suspended, the corresponding audio hardware output
+    // stream is placed in standby and the AudioTracks attached to the mixer thread are still
+    // processed but the output mix is discarded.
+    virtual status_t suspendOutput(audio_io_handle_t output) = 0;
+    // restores a suspended output.
+    virtual status_t restoreOutput(audio_io_handle_t output) = 0;
+
+    //
+    // Audio input Control functions
+    //
+
+    // opens an audio input
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t openInput(audio_module_handle_t module, audio_devices_t* pDevices,
+                                        uint32_t* pSamplingRate, audio_format_t* pFormat,
+                                        audio_channel_mask_t* pChannelMask) = 0;
+    // closes an audio input
+    virtual status_t closeInput(audio_io_handle_t input) = 0;
+    //
+    // misc control functions
+    //
+
+    // set a stream volume for a particular output. For the same user setting, a given stream type
+    // can have different volumes for each output (destination device) it is attached to.
+    virtual status_t setStreamVolume(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, float volume,
+                                     audio_io_handle_t output, int delayMs = 0) = 0;
+
+    // invalidate a stream type, causing a reroute to an unspecified new output
+    virtual status_t invalidateStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream) = 0;
+
+    // function enabling to send proprietary informations directly from audio policy manager to
+    // audio hardware interface.
+    virtual void setParameters(audio_io_handle_t ioHandle, const String8& keyValuePairs,
+                               int delayMs = 0) = 0;
+    // function enabling to receive proprietary informations directly from audio hardware interface
+    // to audio policy manager.
+    virtual String8 getParameters(audio_io_handle_t ioHandle, const String8& keys) = 0;
+
+    // request the playback of a tone on the specified stream: used for instance to replace
+    // notification sounds when playing over a telephony device during a phone call.
+    virtual status_t startTone(ToneGenerator::tone_type tone, AudioSystem::stream_type stream) = 0;
+    virtual status_t stopTone() = 0;
+
+    // set down link audio volume.
+    virtual status_t setVoiceVolume(float volume, int delayMs = 0) = 0;
+
+    // move effect to the specified output
+    virtual status_t moveEffects(audio_session_t session, audio_io_handle_t srcOutput,
+                                 audio_io_handle_t dstOutput) = 0;
+};
+
+extern "C" AudioPolicyInterface* createAudioPolicyManager(
+        AudioPolicyClientInterface* clientInterface);
+extern "C" void destroyAudioPolicyManager(AudioPolicyInterface* interface);
+
+};  // namespace android_audio_legacy
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_AUDIOPOLICYINTERFACE_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyManagerBase.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyManagerBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc0d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioPolicyManagerBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include <cutils/config_utils.h>
+#include <cutils/misc.h>
+#include <hardware_legacy/AudioPolicyInterface.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <utils/Errors.h>
+#include <utils/KeyedVector.h>
+#include <utils/SortedVector.h>
+#include <utils/Timers.h>
+
+namespace android_audio_legacy {
+using android::DefaultKeyedVector;
+using android::KeyedVector;
+using android::SortedVector;
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define MAX_DEVICE_ADDRESS_LEN 20
+// Attenuation applied to STRATEGY_SONIFICATION streams when a headset is connected: 6dB
+#define SONIFICATION_HEADSET_VOLUME_FACTOR 0.5
+// Min volume for STRATEGY_SONIFICATION streams when limited by music volume: -36dB
+#define SONIFICATION_HEADSET_VOLUME_MIN 0.016
+// Time in milliseconds during which we consider that music is still active after a music
+// track was stopped - see computeVolume()
+#define SONIFICATION_HEADSET_MUSIC_DELAY 5000
+// Time in milliseconds after media stopped playing during which we consider that the
+// sonification should be as unobtrusive as during the time media was playing.
+#define SONIFICATION_RESPECTFUL_AFTER_MUSIC_DELAY 5000
+// Time in milliseconds during witch some streams are muted while the audio path
+// is switched
+#define MUTE_TIME_MS 2000
+
+#define NUM_TEST_OUTPUTS 5
+
+#define NUM_VOL_CURVE_KNEES 2
+
+// Default minimum length allowed for offloading a compressed track
+// Can be overridden by the audio.offload.min.duration.secs property
+#define OFFLOAD_DEFAULT_MIN_DURATION_SECS 60
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// AudioPolicyManagerBase implements audio policy manager behavior common to all platforms.
+// Each platform must implement an AudioPolicyManager class derived from AudioPolicyManagerBase
+// and override methods for which the platform specific behavior differs from the implementation
+// in AudioPolicyManagerBase. Even if no specific behavior is required, the AudioPolicyManager
+// class must be implemented as well as the class factory function createAudioPolicyManager()
+// and provided in a shared library libaudiopolicy.so.
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class AudioPolicyManagerBase : public AudioPolicyInterface
+#ifdef AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+    ,
+                               public Thread
+#endif  // AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+{
+
+  public:
+    AudioPolicyManagerBase(AudioPolicyClientInterface* clientInterface);
+    virtual ~AudioPolicyManagerBase();
+
+    // AudioPolicyInterface
+    virtual status_t setDeviceConnectionState(audio_devices_t device,
+                                              AudioSystem::device_connection_state state,
+                                              const char* device_address);
+    virtual AudioSystem::device_connection_state getDeviceConnectionState(
+            audio_devices_t device, const char* device_address);
+    virtual void setPhoneState(int state);
+    virtual void setForceUse(AudioSystem::force_use usage, AudioSystem::forced_config config);
+    virtual AudioSystem::forced_config getForceUse(AudioSystem::force_use usage);
+    virtual void setSystemProperty(const char* property, const char* value);
+    virtual status_t initCheck();
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getOutput(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                        audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                        AudioSystem::output_flags flags,
+                                        const audio_offload_info_t* offloadInfo);
+    virtual status_t startOutput(audio_io_handle_t output, AudioSystem::stream_type stream,
+                                 audio_session_t session = AUDIO_SESSION_NONE);
+    virtual status_t stopOutput(audio_io_handle_t output, AudioSystem::stream_type stream,
+                                audio_session_t session = AUDIO_SESSION_NONE);
+    virtual void releaseOutput(audio_io_handle_t output);
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getInput(int inputSource, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                       audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                       AudioSystem::audio_in_acoustics acoustics);
+
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the input starts being used.
+    virtual status_t startInput(audio_io_handle_t input);
+
+    // indicates to the audio policy manager that the input stops being used.
+    virtual status_t stopInput(audio_io_handle_t input);
+    virtual void releaseInput(audio_io_handle_t input);
+    virtual void closeAllInputs();
+    virtual void initStreamVolume(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int indexMin, int indexMax);
+    virtual status_t setStreamVolumeIndex(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int index,
+                                          audio_devices_t device);
+    virtual status_t getStreamVolumeIndex(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int* index,
+                                          audio_devices_t device);
+
+    // return the strategy corresponding to a given stream type
+    virtual uint32_t getStrategyForStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream);
+
+    // return the enabled output devices for the given stream type
+    virtual audio_devices_t getDevicesForStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream);
+
+    virtual audio_io_handle_t getOutputForEffect(const effect_descriptor_t* desc = NULL);
+    virtual status_t registerEffect(const effect_descriptor_t* desc, audio_io_handle_t io,
+                                    uint32_t strategy, audio_session_t session, int id);
+    virtual status_t unregisterEffect(int id);
+    virtual status_t setEffectEnabled(int id, bool enabled);
+
+    virtual bool isStreamActive(int stream, uint32_t inPastMs = 0) const;
+    // return whether a stream is playing remotely, override to change the definition of
+    //   local/remote playback, used for instance by notification manager to not make
+    //   media players lose audio focus when not playing locally
+    virtual bool isStreamActiveRemotely(int stream, uint32_t inPastMs = 0) const;
+    virtual bool isSourceActive(audio_source_t source) const;
+
+    virtual status_t dump(int fd);
+
+    virtual bool isOffloadSupported(const audio_offload_info_t& offloadInfo);
+
+  protected:
+    enum routing_strategy {
+        STRATEGY_MEDIA,
+        STRATEGY_PHONE,
+        STRATEGY_SONIFICATION,
+        STRATEGY_SONIFICATION_RESPECTFUL,
+        STRATEGY_DTMF,
+        STRATEGY_ENFORCED_AUDIBLE,
+        NUM_STRATEGIES
+    };
+
+    // 4 points to define the volume attenuation curve, each characterized by the volume
+    // index (from 0 to 100) at which they apply, and the attenuation in dB at that index.
+    // we use 100 steps to avoid rounding errors when computing the volume in volIndexToAmpl()
+
+    enum { VOLMIN = 0, VOLKNEE1 = 1, VOLKNEE2 = 2, VOLMAX = 3, VOLCNT = 4 };
+
+    class VolumeCurvePoint {
+      public:
+        int mIndex;
+        float mDBAttenuation;
+    };
+
+    // device categories used for volume curve management.
+    enum device_category {
+        DEVICE_CATEGORY_HEADSET,
+        DEVICE_CATEGORY_SPEAKER,
+        DEVICE_CATEGORY_EARPIECE,
+        DEVICE_CATEGORY_CNT
+    };
+
+    class IOProfile;
+
+    class HwModule {
+      public:
+        HwModule(const char* name);
+        ~HwModule();
+
+        void dump(int fd);
+
+        const char* const mName;  // base name of the audio HW module (primary, a2dp ...)
+        audio_module_handle_t mHandle;
+        Vector<IOProfile*> mOutputProfiles;  // output profiles exposed by this module
+        Vector<IOProfile*> mInputProfiles;   // input profiles exposed by this module
+    };
+
+    // the IOProfile class describes the capabilities of an output or input stream.
+    // It is currently assumed that all combination of listed parameters are supported.
+    // It is used by the policy manager to determine if an output or input is suitable for
+    // a given use case,  open/close it accordingly and connect/disconnect audio tracks
+    // to/from it.
+    class IOProfile {
+      public:
+        IOProfile(HwModule* module);
+        ~IOProfile();
+
+        bool isCompatibleProfile(audio_devices_t device, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                 audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                 audio_output_flags_t flags) const;
+
+        void dump(int fd);
+        void log();
+
+        // by convention, "0' in the first entry in mSamplingRates, mChannelMasks or mFormats
+        // indicates the supported parameters should be read from the output stream
+        // after it is opened for the first time
+        Vector<uint32_t> mSamplingRates;             // supported sampling rates
+        Vector<audio_channel_mask_t> mChannelMasks;  // supported channel masks
+        Vector<audio_format_t> mFormats;             // supported audio formats
+        audio_devices_t mSupportedDevices;  // supported devices (devices this output can be
+                                            // routed to)
+        audio_output_flags_t mFlags;        // attribute flags (e.g primary output,
+                                            // direct output...). For outputs only.
+        HwModule* mModule;                  // audio HW module exposing this I/O stream
+    };
+
+    // default volume curve
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sDefaultVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    // default volume curve for media strategy
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sDefaultMediaVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    // volume curve for media strategy on speakers
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sSpeakerMediaVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    // volume curve for sonification strategy on speakers
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sSpeakerSonificationVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint
+            sSpeakerSonificationVolumeCurveDrc[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sDefaultSystemVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sDefaultSystemVolumeCurveDrc[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sHeadsetSystemVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sDefaultVoiceVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint sSpeakerVoiceVolumeCurve[AudioPolicyManagerBase::VOLCNT];
+    // default volume curves per stream and device category. See initializeVolumeCurves()
+    static const VolumeCurvePoint* sVolumeProfiles[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES]
+                                                  [DEVICE_CATEGORY_CNT];
+
+    // descriptor for audio outputs. Used to maintain current configuration of each opened audio
+    // output and keep track of the usage of this output by each audio stream type.
+    class AudioOutputDescriptor {
+      public:
+        AudioOutputDescriptor(const IOProfile* profile);
+
+        status_t dump(int fd);
+
+        audio_devices_t device() const;
+        void changeRefCount(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, int delta);
+
+        bool isDuplicated() const { return (mOutput1 != NULL && mOutput2 != NULL); }
+        audio_devices_t supportedDevices();
+        uint32_t latency();
+        bool sharesHwModuleWith(const AudioOutputDescriptor* outputDesc);
+        bool isActive(uint32_t inPastMs = 0) const;
+        bool isStreamActive(AudioSystem::stream_type stream, uint32_t inPastMs = 0,
+                            nsecs_t sysTime = 0) const;
+        bool isStrategyActive(routing_strategy strategy, uint32_t inPastMs = 0,
+                              nsecs_t sysTime = 0) const;
+
+        audio_io_handle_t mId;              // output handle
+        uint32_t mSamplingRate;             //
+        audio_format_t mFormat;             //
+        audio_channel_mask_t mChannelMask;  // output configuration
+        uint32_t mLatency;                  //
+        audio_output_flags_t mFlags;        //
+        audio_devices_t mDevice;            // current device this output is routed to
+        uint32_t mRefCount[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES];  // number of streams of each type using
+                                                            // this output
+        nsecs_t mStopTime[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES];
+        AudioOutputDescriptor* mOutput1;  // used by duplicated outputs: first output
+        AudioOutputDescriptor* mOutput2;  // used by duplicated outputs: second output
+        float mCurVolume[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES];  // current stream volume
+        int mMuteCount[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES];    // mute request counter
+        const IOProfile* mProfile;                        // I/O profile this output derives from
+        bool mStrategyMutedByDevice[NUM_STRATEGIES];  // strategies muted because of incompatible
+                                                      // device selection. See
+                                                      // checkDeviceMuteStrategies()
+        uint32_t mDirectOpenCount;  // number of clients using this output (direct outputs only)
+        bool mForceRouting;  // Next routing for this output will be forced as current device routed
+                             // is null
+    };
+
+    // descriptor for audio inputs. Used to maintain current configuration of each opened audio
+    // input and keep track of the usage of this input.
+    class AudioInputDescriptor {
+      public:
+        AudioInputDescriptor(const IOProfile* profile);
+
+        status_t dump(int fd);
+
+        audio_io_handle_t mId;              // input handle
+        uint32_t mSamplingRate;             //
+        audio_format_t mFormat;             // input configuration
+        audio_channel_mask_t mChannelMask;  //
+        audio_devices_t mDevice;            // current device this input is routed to
+        uint32_t mRefCount;                 // number of AudioRecord clients using this output
+        int mInputSource;           // input source selected by application (mediarecorder.h)
+        const IOProfile* mProfile;  // I/O profile this output derives from
+    };
+
+    // stream descriptor used for volume control
+    class StreamDescriptor {
+      public:
+        StreamDescriptor();
+
+        int getVolumeIndex(audio_devices_t device);
+        void dump(int fd);
+
+        int mIndexMin;                                // min volume index
+        int mIndexMax;                                // max volume index
+        KeyedVector<audio_devices_t, int> mIndexCur;  // current volume index per device
+        bool mCanBeMuted;                             // true is the stream can be muted
+
+        const VolumeCurvePoint* mVolumeCurve[DEVICE_CATEGORY_CNT];
+    };
+
+    // stream descriptor used for volume control
+    class EffectDescriptor {
+      public:
+        status_t dump(int fd);
+
+        int mIo;                     // io the effect is attached to
+        routing_strategy mStrategy;  // routing strategy the effect is associated to
+        audio_session_t mSession;    // audio session the effect is on
+        effect_descriptor_t mDesc;   // effect descriptor
+        bool mEnabled;               // enabled state: CPU load being used or not
+    };
+
+    void addOutput(audio_io_handle_t id, AudioOutputDescriptor* outputDesc);
+    void addInput(audio_io_handle_t id, AudioInputDescriptor* inputDesc);
+
+    // return the strategy corresponding to a given stream type
+    static routing_strategy getStrategy(AudioSystem::stream_type stream);
+
+    // return appropriate device for streams handled by the specified strategy according to current
+    // phone state, connected devices...
+    // if fromCache is true, the device is returned from mDeviceForStrategy[],
+    // otherwise it is determine by current state
+    // (device connected,phone state, force use, a2dp output...)
+    // This allows to:
+    //  1 speed up process when the state is stable (when starting or stopping an output)
+    //  2 access to either current device selection (fromCache == true) or
+    // "future" device selection (fromCache == false) when called from a context
+    //  where conditions are changing (setDeviceConnectionState(), setPhoneState()...) AND
+    //  before updateDevicesAndOutputs() is called.
+    virtual audio_devices_t getDeviceForStrategy(routing_strategy strategy, bool fromCache);
+
+    // change the route of the specified output. Returns the number of ms we have slept to
+    // allow new routing to take effect in certain cases.
+    uint32_t setOutputDevice(audio_io_handle_t output, audio_devices_t device, bool force = false,
+                             int delayMs = 0);
+
+    // select input device corresponding to requested audio source
+    virtual audio_devices_t getDeviceForInputSource(int inputSource);
+
+    // return io handle of active input or 0 if no input is active
+    //    Only considers inputs from physical devices (e.g. main mic, headset mic) when
+    //    ignoreVirtualInputs is true.
+    audio_io_handle_t getActiveInput(bool ignoreVirtualInputs = true);
+
+    // initialize volume curves for each strategy and device category
+    void initializeVolumeCurves();
+
+    // compute the actual volume for a given stream according to the requested index and a
+    // particular device
+    virtual float computeVolume(int stream, int index, audio_io_handle_t output,
+                                audio_devices_t device);
+
+    // check that volume change is permitted, compute and send new volume to audio hardware
+    status_t checkAndSetVolume(int stream, int index, audio_io_handle_t output,
+                               audio_devices_t device, int delayMs = 0, bool force = false);
+
+    // apply all stream volumes to the specified output and device
+    void applyStreamVolumes(audio_io_handle_t output, audio_devices_t device, int delayMs = 0,
+                            bool force = false);
+
+    // Mute or unmute all streams handled by the specified strategy on the specified output
+    void setStrategyMute(routing_strategy strategy, bool on, audio_io_handle_t output,
+                         int delayMs = 0, audio_devices_t device = (audio_devices_t)0);
+
+    // Mute or unmute the stream on the specified output
+    void setStreamMute(int stream, bool on, audio_io_handle_t output, int delayMs = 0,
+                       audio_devices_t device = (audio_devices_t)0);
+
+    // handle special cases for sonification strategy while in call: mute streams or replace by
+    // a special tone in the device used for communication
+    void handleIncallSonification(int stream, bool starting, bool stateChange);
+
+    // true if device is in a telephony or VoIP call
+    virtual bool isInCall();
+
+    // true if given state represents a device in a telephony or VoIP call
+    virtual bool isStateInCall(int state);
+
+    // when a device is connected, checks if an open output can be routed
+    // to this device. If none is open, tries to open one of the available outputs.
+    // Returns an output suitable to this device or 0.
+    // when a device is disconnected, checks if an output is not used any more and
+    // returns its handle if any.
+    // transfers the audio tracks and effects from one output thread to another accordingly.
+    status_t checkOutputsForDevice(audio_devices_t device,
+                                   AudioSystem::device_connection_state state,
+                                   SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& outputs,
+                                   const String8 paramStr);
+
+    status_t checkInputsForDevice(audio_devices_t device,
+                                  AudioSystem::device_connection_state state,
+                                  SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& inputs, const String8 paramStr);
+
+    // close an output and its companion duplicating output.
+    void closeOutput(audio_io_handle_t output);
+
+    // checks and if necessary changes outputs used for all strategies.
+    // must be called every time a condition that affects the output choice for a given strategy
+    // changes: connected device, phone state, force use...
+    // Must be called before updateDevicesAndOutputs()
+    void checkOutputForStrategy(routing_strategy strategy);
+
+    // Same as checkOutputForStrategy() but for a all strategies in order of priority
+    void checkOutputForAllStrategies();
+
+    // manages A2DP output suspend/restore according to phone state and BT SCO usage
+    void checkA2dpSuspend();
+
+    // returns the A2DP output handle if it is open or 0 otherwise
+    audio_io_handle_t getA2dpOutput();
+
+    // selects the most appropriate device on output for current state
+    // must be called every time a condition that affects the device choice for a given output is
+    // changed: connected device, phone state, force use, output start, output stop..
+    // see getDeviceForStrategy() for the use of fromCache parameter
+
+    audio_devices_t getNewDevice(audio_io_handle_t output, bool fromCache);
+    // updates cache of device used by all strategies (mDeviceForStrategy[])
+    // must be called every time a condition that affects the device choice for a given strategy is
+    // changed: connected device, phone state, force use...
+    // cached values are used by getDeviceForStrategy() if parameter fromCache is true.
+    // Must be called after checkOutputForAllStrategies()
+
+    void updateDevicesAndOutputs();
+
+    virtual uint32_t getMaxEffectsCpuLoad();
+    virtual uint32_t getMaxEffectsMemory();
+#ifdef AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+    virtual bool threadLoop();
+    void exit();
+    int testOutputIndex(audio_io_handle_t output);
+#endif  // AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+
+    status_t setEffectEnabled(EffectDescriptor* pDesc, bool enabled);
+
+    // returns the category the device belongs to with regard to volume curve management
+    static device_category getDeviceCategory(audio_devices_t device);
+
+    // extract one device relevant for volume control from multiple device selection
+    static audio_devices_t getDeviceForVolume(audio_devices_t device);
+
+    SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t> getOutputsForDevice(
+            audio_devices_t device,
+            DefaultKeyedVector<audio_io_handle_t, AudioOutputDescriptor*> openOutputs);
+    bool vectorsEqual(SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& outputs1,
+                      SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& outputs2);
+
+    // mute/unmute strategies using an incompatible device combination
+    // if muting, wait for the audio in pcm buffer to be drained before proceeding
+    // if unmuting, unmute only after the specified delay
+    // Returns the number of ms waited
+    uint32_t checkDeviceMuteStrategies(AudioOutputDescriptor* outputDesc,
+                                       audio_devices_t prevDevice, uint32_t delayMs);
+
+    audio_io_handle_t selectOutput(const SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& outputs,
+                                   AudioSystem::output_flags flags);
+    IOProfile* getInputProfile(audio_devices_t device, uint32_t samplingRate, audio_format_t format,
+                               audio_channel_mask_t channelMask);
+    IOProfile* getProfileForDirectOutput(audio_devices_t device, uint32_t samplingRate,
+                                         audio_format_t format, audio_channel_mask_t channelMask,
+                                         audio_output_flags_t flags);
+
+    audio_io_handle_t selectOutputForEffects(const SortedVector<audio_io_handle_t>& outputs);
+
+    bool isNonOffloadableEffectEnabled();
+
+    //
+    // Audio policy configuration file parsing (audio_policy.conf)
+    //
+    static uint32_t stringToEnum(const struct StringToEnum* table, size_t size, const char* name);
+    static bool stringToBool(const char* value);
+    static audio_output_flags_t parseFlagNames(char* name);
+    static audio_devices_t parseDeviceNames(char* name);
+    void loadSamplingRates(char* name, IOProfile* profile);
+    void loadFormats(char* name, IOProfile* profile);
+    void loadOutChannels(char* name, IOProfile* profile);
+    void loadInChannels(char* name, IOProfile* profile);
+    status_t loadOutput(cnode* root, HwModule* module);
+    status_t loadInput(cnode* root, HwModule* module);
+    void loadHwModule(cnode* root);
+    void loadHwModules(cnode* root);
+    void loadGlobalConfig(cnode* root);
+    status_t loadAudioPolicyConfig(const char* path);
+    void defaultAudioPolicyConfig(void);
+
+    AudioPolicyClientInterface* mpClientInterface;  // audio policy client interface
+    audio_io_handle_t mPrimaryOutput;               // primary output handle
+    // list of descriptors for outputs currently opened
+    DefaultKeyedVector<audio_io_handle_t, AudioOutputDescriptor*> mOutputs;
+    // copy of mOutputs before setDeviceConnectionState() opens new outputs
+    // reset to mOutputs when updateDevicesAndOutputs() is called.
+    DefaultKeyedVector<audio_io_handle_t, AudioOutputDescriptor*> mPreviousOutputs;
+
+    // list of input descriptors currently opened
+    DefaultKeyedVector<audio_io_handle_t, AudioInputDescriptor*> mInputs;
+
+    audio_devices_t mAvailableOutputDevices;  // bit field of all available output devices
+    audio_devices_t mAvailableInputDevices;   // bit field of all available input devices
+                                              // without AUDIO_DEVICE_BIT_IN to allow direct bit
+                                              // field comparisons
+    int mPhoneState;                          // current phone state
+    AudioSystem::forced_config
+            mForceUse[AudioSystem::NUM_FORCE_USE];  // current forced use configuration
+
+    StreamDescriptor
+            mStreams[AudioSystem::NUM_STREAM_TYPES];  // stream descriptors for volume control
+    String8 mA2dpDeviceAddress;                       // A2DP device MAC address
+    String8 mScoDeviceAddress;                        // SCO device MAC address
+    String8 mUsbOutCardAndDevice;                     // USB audio ALSA card and device numbers:
+                                                      // card=<card_number>;device=<><device_number>
+    bool mLimitRingtoneVolume;  // limit ringtone volume to music volume if headset connected
+    audio_devices_t mDeviceForStrategy[NUM_STRATEGIES];
+    float mLastVoiceVolume;  // last voice volume value sent to audio HAL
+
+    // Maximum CPU load allocated to audio effects in 0.1 MIPS (ARMv5TE, 0 WS memory) units
+    static const uint32_t MAX_EFFECTS_CPU_LOAD = 1000;
+    // Maximum memory allocated to audio effects in KB
+    static const uint32_t MAX_EFFECTS_MEMORY = 512;
+    uint32_t mTotalEffectsCpuLoad;                 // current CPU load used by effects
+    uint32_t mTotalEffectsMemory;                  // current memory used by effects
+    KeyedVector<int, EffectDescriptor*> mEffects;  // list of registered audio effects
+    bool mA2dpSuspended;                           // true if A2DP output is suspended
+    bool mHasA2dp;          // true on platforms with support for bluetooth A2DP
+    bool mHasUsb;           // true on platforms with support for USB audio
+    bool mHasRemoteSubmix;  // true on platforms with support for remote presentation of a submix
+    audio_devices_t mAttachedOutputDevices;  // output devices always available on the platform
+    audio_devices_t mDefaultOutputDevice;    // output device selected by default at boot time
+                                             // (must be in mAttachedOutputDevices)
+    bool mSpeakerDrcEnabled;  // true on devices that use DRC on the DEVICE_CATEGORY_SPEAKER path
+                              // to boost soft sounds, used to adjust volume curves accordingly
+
+    Vector<HwModule*> mHwModules;
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+    Mutex mLock;
+    Condition mWaitWorkCV;
+
+    int mCurOutput;
+    bool mDirectOutput;
+    audio_io_handle_t mTestOutputs[NUM_TEST_OUTPUTS];
+    int mTestInput;
+    uint32_t mTestDevice;
+    uint32_t mTestSamplingRate;
+    uint32_t mTestFormat;
+    uint32_t mTestChannels;
+    uint32_t mTestLatencyMs;
+#endif  // AUDIO_POLICY_TEST
+
+  private:
+    static float volIndexToAmpl(audio_devices_t device, const StreamDescriptor& streamDesc,
+                                int indexInUi);
+    // updates device caching and output for streams that can influence the
+    //    routing of notifications
+    void handleNotificationRoutingForStream(AudioSystem::stream_type stream);
+    static bool isVirtualInputDevice(audio_devices_t device);
+};
+
+};  // namespace android_audio_legacy
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioSystemLegacy.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioSystemLegacy.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..943b0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/AudioSystemLegacy.h
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIOSYSTEM_LEGACY_H_
+#define ANDROID_AUDIOSYSTEM_LEGACY_H_
+
+#include <cutils/bitops.h>
+#include <media/AudioParameter.h>
+#include <utils/Errors.h>
+
+#include <system/audio.h>
+#include <system/audio_policy.h>
+
+namespace android_audio_legacy {
+
+using android::AudioParameter;
+using android::status_t;
+
+enum {
+    OK = android::OK,
+    NO_ERROR = android::NO_ERROR,
+
+    UNKNOWN_ERROR = android::UNKNOWN_ERROR,
+
+    NO_MEMORY = android::NO_MEMORY,
+    INVALID_OPERATION = android::INVALID_OPERATION,
+    BAD_VALUE = android::BAD_VALUE,
+    BAD_TYPE = android::BAD_TYPE,
+    NAME_NOT_FOUND = android::NAME_NOT_FOUND,
+    PERMISSION_DENIED = android::PERMISSION_DENIED,
+    NO_INIT = android::NO_INIT,
+    ALREADY_EXISTS = android::ALREADY_EXISTS,
+    DEAD_OBJECT = android::DEAD_OBJECT,
+    FAILED_TRANSACTION = android::FAILED_TRANSACTION,
+    BAD_INDEX = android::BAD_INDEX,
+    NOT_ENOUGH_DATA = android::NOT_ENOUGH_DATA,
+    WOULD_BLOCK = android::WOULD_BLOCK,
+    TIMED_OUT = android::TIMED_OUT,
+    UNKNOWN_TRANSACTION = android::UNKNOWN_TRANSACTION,
+};
+
+enum audio_source {
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_DEFAULT = 0,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_MIC = 1,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_UPLINK = 2,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_DOWNLINK = 3,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_CALL = 4,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_CAMCORDER = 5,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_RECOGNITION = 6,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_COMMUNICATION = 7,
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_MAX = AUDIO_SOURCE_VOICE_COMMUNICATION,
+
+    AUDIO_SOURCE_LIST_END  // must be last - used to validate audio source type
+};
+
+class AudioSystem {
+  public:
+#if 1
+    enum stream_type {
+        DEFAULT = -1,
+        VOICE_CALL = 0,
+        SYSTEM = 1,
+        RING = 2,
+        MUSIC = 3,
+        ALARM = 4,
+        NOTIFICATION = 5,
+        BLUETOOTH_SCO = 6,
+        ENFORCED_AUDIBLE = 7,  // Sounds that cannot be muted by user and must be routed to speaker
+        DTMF = 8,
+        TTS = 9,
+        NUM_STREAM_TYPES
+    };
+
+    // Audio sub formats (see AudioSystem::audio_format).
+    enum pcm_sub_format {
+        PCM_SUB_16_BIT = 0x1,  // must be 1 for backward compatibility
+        PCM_SUB_8_BIT = 0x2,   // must be 2 for backward compatibility
+    };
+
+    enum audio_sessions {
+        SESSION_OUTPUT_STAGE = AUDIO_SESSION_OUTPUT_STAGE,
+        SESSION_OUTPUT_MIX = AUDIO_SESSION_OUTPUT_MIX,
+    };
+
+    // MP3 sub format field definition : can use 11 LSBs in the same way as MP3 frame header to
+    // specify bit rate, stereo mode, version...
+    enum mp3_sub_format {
+        // TODO
+    };
+
+    // AMR NB/WB sub format field definition: specify frame block interleaving, bandwidth efficient
+    // or octet aligned, encoding mode for recording...
+    enum amr_sub_format {
+        // TODO
+    };
+
+    // AAC sub format field definition: specify profile or bitrate for recording...
+    enum aac_sub_format {
+        // TODO
+    };
+
+    // VORBIS sub format field definition: specify quality for recording...
+    enum vorbis_sub_format {
+        // TODO
+    };
+
+    // Audio format consists in a main format field (upper 8 bits) and a sub format field (lower 24
+    // bits). The main format indicates the main codec type. The sub format field indicates options
+    // and parameters for each format. The sub format is mainly used for record to indicate for
+    // instance the requested bitrate or profile. It can also be used for certain formats to give
+    // informations not present in the encoded audio stream (e.g. octet alignement for AMR).
+    enum audio_format {
+        INVALID_FORMAT = -1,
+        FORMAT_DEFAULT = 0,
+        PCM = 0x00000000,  // must be 0 for backward compatibility
+        MP3 = 0x01000000,
+        AMR_NB = 0x02000000,
+        AMR_WB = 0x03000000,
+        AAC = 0x04000000,
+        HE_AAC_V1 = 0x05000000,
+        HE_AAC_V2 = 0x06000000,
+        VORBIS = 0x07000000,
+        MAIN_FORMAT_MASK = 0xFF000000,
+        SUB_FORMAT_MASK = 0x00FFFFFF,
+        // Aliases
+        PCM_16_BIT = (PCM | PCM_SUB_16_BIT),
+        PCM_8_BIT = (PCM | PCM_SUB_8_BIT)
+    };
+
+    enum audio_channels {
+        // output channels
+        CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT = 0x1,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT = 0x2,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER = 0x4,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY = 0x8,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT = 0x10,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT = 0x20,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER = 0x40,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER = 0x80,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER = 0x100,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT = 0x200,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT = 0x400,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_CENTER = 0x800,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_LEFT = 0x1000,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_CENTER = 0x2000,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT = 0x4000,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_LEFT = 0x8000,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_CENTER = 0x10000,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_RIGHT = 0x20000,
+
+        CHANNEL_OUT_MONO = CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT,
+        CHANNEL_OUT_STEREO = (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT),
+        CHANNEL_OUT_QUAD = (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+                            CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT),
+        CHANNEL_OUT_SURROUND = (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT |
+                                CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER),
+        CHANNEL_OUT_5POINT1 =
+                (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT),
+        // matches the correct AudioFormat.CHANNEL_OUT_7POINT1_SURROUND definition for 7.1
+        CHANNEL_OUT_7POINT1 =
+                (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT),
+        CHANNEL_OUT_ALL =
+                (CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_CENTER |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_LOW_FREQUENCY | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_RIGHT |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | CHANNEL_OUT_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_BACK_CENTER | CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_SIDE_RIGHT |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_CENTER | CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_LEFT |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_LEFT | CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_CENTER |
+                 CHANNEL_OUT_TOP_BACK_RIGHT),
+
+        // input channels
+        CHANNEL_IN_LEFT = 0x4,
+        CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT = 0x8,
+        CHANNEL_IN_FRONT = 0x10,
+        CHANNEL_IN_BACK = 0x20,
+        CHANNEL_IN_LEFT_PROCESSED = 0x40,
+        CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT_PROCESSED = 0x80,
+        CHANNEL_IN_FRONT_PROCESSED = 0x100,
+        CHANNEL_IN_BACK_PROCESSED = 0x200,
+        CHANNEL_IN_PRESSURE = 0x400,
+        CHANNEL_IN_X_AXIS = 0x800,
+        CHANNEL_IN_Y_AXIS = 0x1000,
+        CHANNEL_IN_Z_AXIS = 0x2000,
+        CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_UPLINK = 0x4000,
+        CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_DNLINK = 0x8000,
+        CHANNEL_IN_MONO = CHANNEL_IN_FRONT,
+        CHANNEL_IN_STEREO = (CHANNEL_IN_LEFT | CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT),
+        CHANNEL_IN_ALL = (CHANNEL_IN_LEFT | CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT | CHANNEL_IN_FRONT | CHANNEL_IN_BACK |
+                          CHANNEL_IN_LEFT_PROCESSED | CHANNEL_IN_RIGHT_PROCESSED |
+                          CHANNEL_IN_FRONT_PROCESSED | CHANNEL_IN_BACK_PROCESSED |
+                          CHANNEL_IN_PRESSURE | CHANNEL_IN_X_AXIS | CHANNEL_IN_Y_AXIS |
+                          CHANNEL_IN_Z_AXIS | CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_UPLINK | CHANNEL_IN_VOICE_DNLINK)
+    };
+
+    enum audio_mode {
+        MODE_INVALID = -2,
+        MODE_CURRENT = -1,
+        MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+        MODE_RINGTONE,
+        MODE_IN_CALL,
+        MODE_IN_COMMUNICATION,
+        NUM_MODES  // not a valid entry, denotes end-of-list
+    };
+
+    enum audio_in_acoustics {
+        AGC_ENABLE = 0x0001,
+        AGC_DISABLE = 0,
+        NS_ENABLE = 0x0002,
+        NS_DISABLE = 0,
+        TX_IIR_ENABLE = 0x0004,
+        TX_DISABLE = 0
+    };
+
+    // DO NOT USE: the "audio_devices" enumeration below is obsolete, use type "audio_devices_t" and
+    //   audio device enumeration from system/audio.h instead.
+    enum audio_devices {
+        // output devices
+        DEVICE_OUT_EARPIECE = 0x1,
+        DEVICE_OUT_SPEAKER = 0x2,
+        DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADSET = 0x4,
+        DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADPHONE = 0x8,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO = 0x10,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET = 0x20,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_CARKIT = 0x40,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP = 0x80,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES = 0x100,
+        DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER = 0x200,
+        DEVICE_OUT_AUX_DIGITAL = 0x400,
+        DEVICE_OUT_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET = 0x800,
+        DEVICE_OUT_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET = 0x1000,
+        DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT = 0x8000,
+        DEVICE_OUT_ALL =
+                (DEVICE_OUT_EARPIECE | DEVICE_OUT_SPEAKER | DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADSET |
+                 DEVICE_OUT_WIRED_HEADPHONE | DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO |
+                 DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET | DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_SCO_CARKIT |
+                 DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP | DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES |
+                 DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER | DEVICE_OUT_AUX_DIGITAL |
+                 DEVICE_OUT_ANLG_DOCK_HEADSET | DEVICE_OUT_DGTL_DOCK_HEADSET | DEVICE_OUT_DEFAULT),
+        DEVICE_OUT_ALL_A2DP = (DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP | DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_HEADPHONES |
+                               DEVICE_OUT_BLUETOOTH_A2DP_SPEAKER),
+
+        // input devices
+        DEVICE_IN_COMMUNICATION = 0x10000,
+        DEVICE_IN_AMBIENT = 0x20000,
+        DEVICE_IN_BUILTIN_MIC = 0x40000,
+        DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET = 0x80000,
+        DEVICE_IN_WIRED_HEADSET = 0x100000,
+        DEVICE_IN_AUX_DIGITAL = 0x200000,
+        DEVICE_IN_VOICE_CALL = 0x400000,
+        DEVICE_IN_BACK_MIC = 0x800000,
+        DEVICE_IN_DEFAULT = 0x80000000,
+
+        DEVICE_IN_ALL =
+                (DEVICE_IN_COMMUNICATION | DEVICE_IN_AMBIENT | DEVICE_IN_BUILTIN_MIC |
+                 DEVICE_IN_BLUETOOTH_SCO_HEADSET | DEVICE_IN_WIRED_HEADSET | DEVICE_IN_AUX_DIGITAL |
+                 DEVICE_IN_VOICE_CALL | DEVICE_IN_BACK_MIC | DEVICE_IN_DEFAULT)
+    };
+
+    // request to open a direct output with getOutput() (by opposition to sharing an output with
+    // other AudioTracks)
+    enum output_flags { OUTPUT_FLAG_INDIRECT = 0x0, OUTPUT_FLAG_DIRECT = 0x1 };
+
+    // device categories used for setForceUse()
+    enum forced_config {
+        FORCE_NONE,
+        FORCE_SPEAKER,
+        FORCE_HEADPHONES,
+        FORCE_BT_SCO,
+        FORCE_BT_A2DP,
+        FORCE_WIRED_ACCESSORY,
+        FORCE_BT_CAR_DOCK,
+        FORCE_BT_DESK_DOCK,
+        FORCE_ANALOG_DOCK,
+        FORCE_DIGITAL_DOCK,
+        FORCE_NO_BT_A2DP,
+        FORCE_SYSTEM_ENFORCED,
+        NUM_FORCE_CONFIG,
+        FORCE_DEFAULT = FORCE_NONE
+    };
+
+    // usages used for setForceUse()
+    enum force_use {
+        FOR_COMMUNICATION,
+        FOR_MEDIA,
+        FOR_RECORD,
+        FOR_DOCK,
+        FOR_SYSTEM,
+        NUM_FORCE_USE
+    };
+
+    //
+    // AudioPolicyService interface
+    //
+
+    // device connection states used for setDeviceConnectionState()
+    enum device_connection_state {
+        DEVICE_STATE_UNAVAILABLE,
+        DEVICE_STATE_AVAILABLE,
+        NUM_DEVICE_STATES
+    };
+
+#endif
+
+    static uint32_t popCount(uint32_t u) { return popcount(u); }
+
+#if 1
+    static bool isOutputDevice(audio_devices device) {
+        if ((popcount(device) == 1) && ((device & ~DEVICE_OUT_ALL) == 0))
+            return true;
+        else
+            return false;
+    }
+    static bool isInputDevice(audio_devices device) {
+        if ((popcount(device) == 1) && ((device & ~DEVICE_IN_ALL) == 0))
+            return true;
+        else
+            return false;
+    }
+    static bool isA2dpDevice(audio_devices device) {
+        return audio_is_a2dp_device((audio_devices_t)device);
+    }
+    static bool isBluetoothScoDevice(audio_devices device) {
+        return audio_is_bluetooth_sco_device((audio_devices_t)device);
+    }
+    static bool isValidFormat(uint32_t format) {
+        return audio_is_valid_format((audio_format_t)format);
+    }
+    static bool isLinearPCM(uint32_t format) { return audio_is_linear_pcm((audio_format_t)format); }
+    static bool isOutputChannel(audio_channel_mask_t channel) {
+        return audio_is_output_channel(channel);
+    }
+    static bool isInputChannel(audio_channel_mask_t channel) {
+        return audio_is_input_channel(channel);
+    }
+
+#endif
+};
+
+};  // namespace android_audio_legacy
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_AUDIOSYSTEM_LEGACY_H_
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/IMountService.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/IMountService.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..158ff59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/IMountService.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+//
+#ifndef ANDROID_HARDWARE_IMOUNTSERVICE_H
+#define ANDROID_HARDWARE_IMOUNTSERVICE_H
+
+#include <binder/IInterface.h>
+#include <utils/String16.h>
+
+namespace android {
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+class IMountService : public IInterface {
+  public:
+    static const int OperationSucceeded = 0;
+    static const int OperationFailedInternalError = -1;
+    static const int OperationFailedNoMedia = -2;
+    static const int OperationFailedMediaBlank = -3;
+    static const int OperationFailedMediaCorrupt = -4;
+    static const int OperationFailedVolumeNotMounted = -5;
+
+  public:
+    DECLARE_META_INTERFACE(MountService);
+
+    virtual void getShareMethodList() = 0;
+    virtual bool getShareMethodAvailable(String16 method) = 0;
+    virtual int shareVolume(String16 path, String16 method) = 0;
+    virtual int unshareVolume(String16 path, String16 method) = 0;
+    virtual bool getVolumeShared(String16 path, String16 method) = 0;
+    virtual int mountVolume(String16 path) = 0;
+    virtual int unmountVolume(String16 path) = 0;
+    virtual int formatVolume(String16 path) = 0;
+    virtual String16 getVolumeState(String16 mountPoint) = 0;
+    virtual int createSecureContainer(String16 id, int sizeMb, String16 fstype, String16 key,
+                                      int ownerUid) = 0;
+    virtual int finalizeSecureContainer(String16 id) = 0;
+    virtual int destroySecureContainer(String16 id) = 0;
+    virtual int mountSecureContainer(String16 id, String16 key, int ownerUid) = 0;
+    virtual int unmountSecureContainer(String16 id) = 0;
+    virtual int renameSecureContainer(String16 oldId, String16 newId) = 0;
+    virtual String16 getSecureContainerPath(String16 id) = 0;
+    virtual void getSecureContainerList() = 0;
+    virtual void shutdown() = 0;
+};
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+};  // namespace android
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_HARDWARE_IMOUNTSERVICE_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/audio_policy_conf.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/audio_policy_conf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d62f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/audio_policy_conf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
+#define ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//      Definitions for audio policy configuration file (audio_policy.conf)
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define AUDIO_HARDWARE_MODULE_ID_MAX_LEN 32
+
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_CONFIG_FILE "/system/etc/audio_policy.conf"
+#define AUDIO_POLICY_VENDOR_CONFIG_FILE "/vendor/etc/audio_policy.conf"
+
+// global configuration
+#define GLOBAL_CONFIG_TAG "global_configuration"
+
+#define ATTACHED_OUTPUT_DEVICES_TAG "attached_output_devices"
+#define DEFAULT_OUTPUT_DEVICE_TAG "default_output_device"
+#define ATTACHED_INPUT_DEVICES_TAG "attached_input_devices"
+#define SPEAKER_DRC_ENABLED_TAG "speaker_drc_enabled"
+
+// hw modules descriptions
+#define AUDIO_HW_MODULE_TAG "audio_hw_modules"
+
+#define OUTPUTS_TAG "outputs"
+#define INPUTS_TAG "inputs"
+
+#define SAMPLING_RATES_TAG "sampling_rates"
+#define FORMATS_TAG "formats"
+#define CHANNELS_TAG "channel_masks"
+#define DEVICES_TAG "devices"
+#define FLAGS_TAG "flags"
+
+#define DYNAMIC_VALUE_TAG \
+    "dynamic"  // special value for "channel_masks", "sampling_rates" and
+               // "formats" in outputs descriptors indicating that supported
+               // values should be queried after opening the output.
+
+#endif  // ANDROID_AUDIO_POLICY_CONF_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/gscan.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/gscan.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6c52c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/gscan.h
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_GSCAN_H__
+#define __WIFI_HAL_GSCAN_H__
+
+// Define static_assert() unless already defined by compiler.
+#ifndef __has_feature
+#define __has_feature(__x) 0
+#endif
+#if !(__has_feature(cxx_static_assert)) && !defined(static_assert)
+#define static_assert(__b, __m) \
+    extern int compile_time_assert_failed[(__b) ? 1 : -1] __attribute__((unused));
+#endif
+
+/* AP Scans */
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_BAND_UNSPECIFIED,
+    WIFI_BAND_BG = 1,            // 2.4 GHz
+    WIFI_BAND_A = 2,             // 5 GHz without DFS
+    WIFI_BAND_A_DFS = 4,         // 5 GHz DFS only
+    WIFI_BAND_A_WITH_DFS = 6,    // 5 GHz with DFS
+    WIFI_BAND_ABG = 3,           // 2.4 GHz + 5 GHz; no DFS
+    WIFI_BAND_ABG_WITH_DFS = 7,  // 2.4 GHz + 5 GHz with DFS
+} wifi_band;
+
+#define MAX_CHANNELS 16
+#define MAX_BUCKETS 16
+#define MAX_HOTLIST_APS 128
+#define MAX_SIGNIFICANT_CHANGE_APS 64
+#define MAX_EPNO_NETWORKS 64
+#define MAX_HOTLIST_SSID 8
+#define MAX_AP_CACHE_PER_SCAN 32
+
+wifi_error wifi_get_valid_channels(wifi_interface_handle handle, int band, int max_channels,
+                                   wifi_channel* channels, int* num_channels);
+
+typedef struct {
+    int max_scan_cache_size;               // total space allocated for scan (in bytes)
+    int max_scan_buckets;                  // maximum number of channel buckets
+    int max_ap_cache_per_scan;             // maximum number of APs that can be stored per scan
+    int max_rssi_sample_size;              // number of RSSI samples used for averaging RSSI
+    int max_scan_reporting_threshold;      // max possible report_threshold as described
+                                           // in wifi_scan_cmd_params
+    int max_hotlist_bssids;                // maximum number of entries for hotlist BSSIDs
+    int max_hotlist_ssids;                 // maximum number of entries for hotlist SSIDs
+    int max_significant_wifi_change_aps;   // maximum number of entries for
+                                           // significant wifi change APs
+    int max_bssid_history_entries;         // number of BSSID/RSSI entries that device can hold
+    int max_number_epno_networks;          // max number of epno entries
+    int max_number_epno_networks_by_ssid;  // max number of epno entries if ssid is specified,
+                                           // that is, epno entries for which an exact match is
+                                           // required, or entries corresponding to hidden ssids
+    int max_number_of_white_listed_ssid;   // max number of white listed SSIDs, M target is 2 to 4
+} wifi_gscan_capabilities;
+
+wifi_error wifi_get_gscan_capabilities(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                       wifi_gscan_capabilities* capabilities);
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_SCAN_RESULTS_AVAILABLE,  // reported when REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN is set and a scan
+                                  // completes. WIFI_SCAN_THRESHOLD_NUM_SCANS or
+                                  // WIFI_SCAN_THRESHOLD_PERCENT can be reported instead if the
+                                  // reason for the event is available; however, at most one of
+                                  // these events should be reported per scan. If there are
+                                  // multiple buckets that were scanned this period and one has the
+                                  // EACH_SCAN flag set then this event should be prefered.
+    WIFI_SCAN_THRESHOLD_NUM_SCANS,  // can be reported when REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN is not set and
+                                    // report_threshold_num_scans is reached.
+    WIFI_SCAN_THRESHOLD_PERCENT,    // can be reported when REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN is not set and
+                                    // report_threshold_percent is reached.
+    WIFI_SCAN_FAILED,               // reported when currently executing gscans have failed.
+                                    // start_gscan will need to be called again in order to continue
+                                    // scanning. This is intended to indicate abnormal scan
+                                    // terminations (not those as a result of stop_gscan).
+} wifi_scan_event;
+
+/* Format of information elements found in the beacon */
+typedef struct {
+    byte id;   // element identifier
+    byte len;  // number of bytes to follow
+    byte data[];
+} wifi_information_element;
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_timestamp ts;  // time since boot (in microsecond) when the result was
+                        // retrieved
+    char ssid[32 + 1];  // null terminated
+    mac_addr bssid;
+    wifi_channel channel;          // channel frequency in MHz
+    wifi_rssi rssi;                // in db
+    wifi_timespan rtt;             // in nanoseconds
+    wifi_timespan rtt_sd;          // standard deviation in rtt
+    unsigned short beacon_period;  // period advertised in the beacon
+    unsigned short capability;     // capabilities advertised in the beacon
+    unsigned int ie_length;        // size of the ie_data blob
+    char ie_data[1];               // blob of all the information elements found in the
+                                   // beacon; this data should be a packed list of
+                                   // wifi_information_element objects, one after the other.
+    // other fields
+} wifi_scan_result;
+
+static_assert(
+        MAX_BUCKETS <= 8 * sizeof(unsigned),
+        "The buckets_scanned bitset is represented by an unsigned int and cannot support this many "
+        "buckets on this platform.");
+typedef struct {
+    /* reported when each probe response is received, if report_events
+     * enabled in wifi_scan_cmd_params. buckets_scanned is a bitset of the
+     * buckets that are currently being scanned. See the buckets_scanned field
+     * in the wifi_cached_scan_results struct for more details.
+     */
+    void (*on_full_scan_result)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_scan_result* result,
+                                unsigned buckets_scanned);
+
+    /* indicates progress of scanning statemachine */
+    void (*on_scan_event)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_scan_event event);
+
+} wifi_scan_result_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel channel;  // frequency
+    int dwellTimeMs;       // dwell time hint
+    int passive;           // 0 => active, 1 => passive scan; ignored for DFS
+    /* Add channel class */
+} wifi_scan_channel_spec;
+
+#define REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN (1 << 0)
+#define REPORT_EVENTS_FULL_RESULTS (1 << 1)
+#define REPORT_EVENTS_NO_BATCH (1 << 2)
+
+typedef struct {
+    int bucket;      // bucket index, 0 based
+    wifi_band band;  // when UNSPECIFIED, use channel list
+    int period;      // desired period, in millisecond; if this is too
+                     // low, the firmware should choose to generate results as
+                     // fast as it can instead of failing the command.
+                     // for exponential backoff bucket this is the min_period
+    /* report_events semantics -
+     *  This is a bit field; which defines following bits -
+     *  REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN    => report a scan completion event after scan. If this is not set
+     *                                 then scan completion events should be reported if
+     *                                 report_threshold_percent or report_threshold_num_scans is
+     *                                 reached.
+     *  REPORT_EVENTS_FULL_RESULTS => forward scan results (beacons/probe responses + IEs)
+     *                                 in real time to HAL, in addition to completion events
+     *                                 Note: To keep backward compatibility, fire completion
+     *                                 events regardless of REPORT_EVENTS_EACH_SCAN.
+     *  REPORT_EVENTS_NO_BATCH     => controls if scans for this bucket should be placed in the
+     *                                 history buffer
+     */
+    byte report_events;
+    int max_period;  // if max_period is non zero or different than period, then this bucket is
+                     // an exponential backoff bucket and the scan period will grow exponentially
+                     // as per formula: actual_period(N) = period * (base ^ (N/step_count))
+                     // to a maximum period of max_period
+    int base;        // for exponential back off bucket: multiplier: new_period=old_period*base
+    int step_count;  // for exponential back off bucket, number of scans to perform for a given
+                     // period
+
+    int num_channels;
+    // channels to scan; these may include DFS channels
+    // Note that a given channel may appear in multiple buckets
+    wifi_scan_channel_spec channels[MAX_CHANNELS];
+} wifi_scan_bucket_spec;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int base_period;                 // base timer period in ms
+    int max_ap_per_scan;             // number of access points to store in each scan entry in
+                                     // the BSSID/RSSI history buffer (keep the highest RSSI
+                                     // access points)
+    int report_threshold_percent;    // in %, when scan buffer is this much full, wake up apps
+                                     // processor
+    int report_threshold_num_scans;  // in number of scans, wake up AP after these many scans
+    int num_buckets;
+    wifi_scan_bucket_spec buckets[MAX_BUCKETS];
+} wifi_scan_cmd_params;
+
+/*
+ * Start periodic GSCAN
+ * When this is called all requested buckets should be scanned, starting the beginning of the cycle
+ *
+ * For example:
+ * If there are two buckets specified
+ *  - Bucket 1: period=10s
+ *  - Bucket 2: period=20s
+ *  - Bucket 3: period=30s
+ * Then the following scans should occur
+ *  - t=0  buckets 1, 2, and 3 are scanned
+ *  - t=10 bucket 1 is scanned
+ *  - t=20 bucket 1 and 2 are scanned
+ *  - t=30 bucket 1 and 3 are scanned
+ *  - t=40 bucket 1 and 2 are scanned
+ *  - t=50 bucket 1 is scanned
+ *  - t=60 buckets 1, 2, and 3 are scanned
+ *  - and the patter repeats
+ *
+ * If any scan does not occur or is incomplete (error, interrupted, etc) then a cached scan result
+ * should still be recorded with the WIFI_SCAN_FLAG_INTERRUPTED flag set.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_start_gscan(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                            wifi_scan_cmd_params params, wifi_scan_result_handler handler);
+
+/* Stop periodic GSCAN */
+wifi_error wifi_stop_gscan(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_SCAN_FLAG_INTERRUPTED = 1  // Indicates that scan results are not complete because
+                                    // probes were not sent on some channels
+} wifi_scan_flags;
+
+/* Get the GSCAN cached scan results */
+typedef struct {
+    int scan_id;                                      // a unique identifier for the scan unit
+    int flags;                                        // a bitmask with additional
+                                                      // information about scan.
+    unsigned buckets_scanned;                         // a bitset of the buckets that were scanned.
+                                                      // for example a value of 13 (0b1101) would
+                                                      // indicate that buckets 0, 2 and 3 were
+                                                      // scanned to produce this list of results.
+                                                      // should be set to 0 if this information is
+                                                      // not available.
+    int num_results;                                  // number of bssids retrieved by the scan
+    wifi_scan_result results[MAX_AP_CACHE_PER_SCAN];  // scan results - one for each bssid
+} wifi_cached_scan_results;
+
+wifi_error wifi_get_cached_gscan_results(wifi_interface_handle iface, byte flush, int max,
+                                         wifi_cached_scan_results* results, int* num);
+
+/* BSSID Hotlist */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_hotlist_ap_found)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results,
+                                wifi_scan_result* results);
+    void (*on_hotlist_ap_lost)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results, wifi_scan_result* results);
+} wifi_hotlist_ap_found_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    mac_addr bssid;  // AP BSSID
+    wifi_rssi low;   // low threshold
+    wifi_rssi high;  // high threshold
+} ap_threshold_param;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int lost_ap_sample_size;
+    int num_bssid;                           // number of hotlist APs
+    ap_threshold_param ap[MAX_HOTLIST_APS];  // hotlist APs
+} wifi_bssid_hotlist_params;
+
+/* Set the BSSID Hotlist */
+wifi_error wifi_set_bssid_hotlist(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                  wifi_bssid_hotlist_params params,
+                                  wifi_hotlist_ap_found_handler handler);
+
+/* Clear the BSSID Hotlist */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_bssid_hotlist(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/* SSID Hotlist */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_hotlist_ssid_found)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results,
+                                  wifi_scan_result* results);
+    void (*on_hotlist_ssid_lost)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results,
+                                 wifi_scan_result* results);
+} wifi_hotlist_ssid_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    char ssid[32 + 1];  // SSID
+    wifi_band band;     // band for this set of threshold params
+    wifi_rssi low;      // low threshold
+    wifi_rssi high;     // high threshold
+} ssid_threshold_param;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int lost_ssid_sample_size;
+    int num_ssid;                                 // number of hotlist SSIDs
+    ssid_threshold_param ssid[MAX_HOTLIST_SSID];  // hotlist SSIDs
+} wifi_ssid_hotlist_params;
+
+/* Significant wifi change */
+typedef struct {
+    mac_addr bssid;        // BSSID
+    wifi_channel channel;  // channel frequency in MHz
+    int num_rssi;          // number of rssi samples
+    wifi_rssi rssi[];      // RSSI history in db
+} wifi_significant_change_result;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_significant_change)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results,
+                                  wifi_significant_change_result** results);
+} wifi_significant_change_handler;
+
+// The sample size parameters in the wifi_significant_change_params structure
+// represent the number of occurence of a g-scan where the BSSID was seen and RSSI was
+// collected for that BSSID, or, the BSSID was expected to be seen and didn't.
+// for instance: lost_ap_sample_size : number of time a g-scan was performed on the
+// channel the BSSID was seen last, and the BSSID was not seen during those g-scans
+typedef struct {
+    int rssi_sample_size;     // number of samples for averaging RSSI
+    int lost_ap_sample_size;  // number of samples to confirm AP loss
+    int min_breaching;        // number of APs breaching threshold
+    int num_bssid;            // max 64
+    ap_threshold_param ap[MAX_SIGNIFICANT_CHANGE_APS];
+} wifi_significant_change_params;
+
+/* Set the Signifcant AP change list */
+wifi_error wifi_set_significant_change_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                               wifi_significant_change_params params,
+                                               wifi_significant_change_handler handler);
+
+/* Clear the Signifcant AP change list */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_significant_change_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/* Random MAC OUI for PNO */
+wifi_error wifi_set_scanning_mac_oui(wifi_interface_handle handle, oui scan_oui);
+
+// Enhanced PNO:
+// Enhanced PNO feature is expected to be enabled all of the time (e.g. screen lit) and may thus
+// require firmware to store a large number of networks, covering the whole list of known networks.
+// Therefore, it is acceptable for firmware to store a crc24, crc32 or other short hash of the SSID,
+// such that a low but non-zero probability of collision exist. With that scheme it should be
+// possible for firmware to keep an entry as small as 4 bytes for each pno network.
+// For instance, a firmware pn0 entry can be implemented in the form of:
+//          PNO ENTRY = crc24(3 bytes) | flags>>3 (5 bits) | auth flags(3 bits)
+//
+// No scans should be automatically performed by the chip. Instead all scan results from gscan
+// should be scored and the wifi_epno_handler on_network_found callback should be called with
+// the scan results.
+//
+// A PNO network shall be reported once, that is, once a network is reported by firmware
+// its entry shall be marked as "done" until framework calls wifi_set_epno_list again.
+// Calling wifi_set_epno_list shall reset the "done" status of pno networks in firmware.
+//
+// A network should only be considered found if its RSSI is above the minimum RSSI for its
+// frequency range (min5GHz_rssi and min24GHz_rssi for 5GHz and 2.4GHz networks respectively).
+// When disconnected the list of scan results should be returned if any network is found.
+// When connected the scan results shall be reported only if the score of any network in the scan
+// is greater than that of the currently connected BSSID.
+//
+// The FW should calculate the score of all the candidates (including currently connected one)
+//   with following equation:
+//     RSSI score = (RSSI + 85) * 4;
+//     If RSSI score > initial_score_max , RSSI score = initial_score_max;
+//     final score = RSSI score
+//         + current_connection_bonus (if currently connected BSSID)
+//         + same_network_bonus (if network has SAME_NETWORK flag)
+//         + secure_bonus (if the network is not open)
+//         + band5GHz_bonus (if BSSID is on 5G)
+//     If there is a BSSID’s score > current BSSID’s score, then report the cached scan results
+//         at the end of the scan (excluding the ones on blacklist) to the upper layer.
+// Additionally, all BSSIDs that are in the BSSID blacklist should be ignored by Enhanced PNO
+
+// Whether directed scan needs to be performed (for hidden SSIDs)
+#define WIFI_PNO_FLAG_DIRECTED_SCAN (1 << 0)
+// Whether PNO event shall be triggered if the network is found on A band
+#define WIFI_PNO_FLAG_A_BAND (1 << 1)
+// Whether PNO event shall be triggered if the network is found on G band
+#define WIFI_PNO_FLAG_G_BAND (1 << 2)
+// Whether strict matching is required
+// If required then the firmware must store the network's SSID and not just a hash
+#define WIFI_PNO_FLAG_STRICT_MATCH (1 << 3)
+// If this SSID should be considered the same network as the currently connected one for scoring
+#define WIFI_PNO_FLAG_SAME_NETWORK (1 << 4)
+
+// Code for matching the beacon AUTH IE - additional codes TBD
+#define WIFI_PNO_AUTH_CODE_OPEN (1 << 0)   // open
+#define WIFI_PNO_AUTH_CODE_PSK (1 << 1)    // WPA_PSK or WPA2PSK
+#define WIFI_PNO_AUTH_CODE_EAPOL (1 << 2)  // any EAPOL
+
+typedef struct {
+    char ssid[32 + 1];    // null terminated
+    byte flags;           // WIFI_PNO_FLAG_XXX
+    byte auth_bit_field;  // auth bit field for matching WPA IE
+} wifi_epno_network;
+
+/* ePNO Parameters */
+typedef struct {
+    int min5GHz_rssi;              // minimum 5GHz RSSI for a BSSID to be considered
+    int min24GHz_rssi;             // minimum 2.4GHz RSSI for a BSSID to be considered
+    int initial_score_max;         // the maximum score that a network can have before bonuses
+    int current_connection_bonus;  // only report when there is a network's score this much higher
+                                   // than the current connection.
+    int same_network_bonus;        // score bonus for all networks with the same network flag
+    int secure_bonus;              // score bonus for networks that are not open
+    int band5GHz_bonus;            // 5GHz RSSI score bonus (applied to all 5GHz networks)
+    int num_networks;              // number of wifi_epno_network objects
+    wifi_epno_network networks[MAX_EPNO_NETWORKS];  // PNO networks
+} wifi_epno_params;
+
+typedef struct {
+    // on results
+    void (*on_network_found)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results, wifi_scan_result* results);
+} wifi_epno_handler;
+
+/* Set the ePNO list - enable ePNO with the given parameters */
+wifi_error wifi_set_epno_list(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                              const wifi_epno_params* epno_params, wifi_epno_handler handler);
+
+/* Reset the ePNO list - no ePNO networks should be matched after this */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_epno_list(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+typedef struct {
+    int id;                            // identifier of this network block, report this in event
+    char realm[256];                   // null terminated UTF8 encoded realm, 0 if unspecified
+    int64_t roamingConsortiumIds[16];  // roaming consortium ids to match, 0s if unspecified
+    byte plmn[3];                      // mcc/mnc combination as per rules, 0s if unspecified
+} wifi_passpoint_network;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_passpoint_network_found)(
+            wifi_request_id id,
+            int net_id,                // network block identifier for the matched network
+            wifi_scan_result* result,  // scan result, with channel and beacon information
+            int anqp_len,              // length of ANQP blob
+            byte* anqp                 // ANQP data, in the information_element format
+    );
+} wifi_passpoint_event_handler;
+
+/* Sets a list for passpoint networks for PNO purposes; it should be matched
+ * against any passpoint networks (designated by Interworking element) found
+ * during regular PNO scan. */
+wifi_error wifi_set_passpoint_list(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, int num,
+                                   wifi_passpoint_network* networks,
+                                   wifi_passpoint_event_handler handler);
+
+/* Reset passpoint network list - no Passpoint networks should be matched after this */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_passpoint_list(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/link_layer_stats.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/link_layer_stats.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7585cdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/link_layer_stats.h
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_STATS_H
+#define __WIFI_HAL_STATS_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define STATS_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+#define STATS_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define STATS_MICRO_VERSION 0
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_DISCONNECTED = 0,
+    WIFI_AUTHENTICATING = 1,
+    WIFI_ASSOCIATING = 2,
+    WIFI_ASSOCIATED = 3,
+    WIFI_EAPOL_STARTED = 4,    // if done by firmware/driver
+    WIFI_EAPOL_COMPLETED = 5,  // if done by firmware/driver
+} wifi_connection_state;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_ROAMING_IDLE = 0,
+    WIFI_ROAMING_ACTIVE = 1,
+} wifi_roam_state;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_STA = 0,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_SOFTAP = 1,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_IBSS = 2,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_P2P_CLIENT = 3,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_P2P_GO = 4,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_NAN = 5,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_MESH = 6,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_TDLS = 7,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_UNKNOWN = -1
+} wifi_interface_mode;
+
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_QOS 0x00000001  // set for QOS association
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_PROTECTED \
+    0x00000002  // set for protected association (802.11 beacon frame control protected bit set)
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_INTERWORKING \
+    0x00000004  // set if 802.11 Extended Capabilities element interworking bit is set
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_HS20 0x00000008  // set for HS20 association
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_SSID_UTF8 \
+    0x00000010  // set is 802.11 Extended Capabilities element UTF-8 SSID bit is set
+#define WIFI_CAPABILITY_COUNTRY 0x00000020  // set is 802.11 Country Element is present
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_interface_mode mode;            // interface mode
+    u8 mac_addr[6];                      // interface mac address (self)
+    wifi_connection_state state;         // connection state (valid for STA, CLI only)
+    wifi_roam_state roaming;             // roaming state
+    u32 capabilities;                    // WIFI_CAPABILITY_XXX (self)
+    u8 ssid[33];                         // null terminated SSID
+    u8 bssid[6];                         // bssid
+    u8 ap_country_str[3];                // country string advertised by AP
+    u8 country_str[3];                   // country string for this association
+    u8 time_slicing_duty_cycle_percent;  // if this iface is being served using time slicing on a
+                                         // radio with one or more ifaces (i.e MCC), then the duty
+                                         // cycle assigned to this iface in %. If not using time
+                                         // slicing (i.e SCC or DBS), set to 100.
+} wifi_interface_link_layer_info;
+
+/* channel information */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel_width width;   // channel width (20, 40, 80, 80+80, 160, 320)
+    wifi_channel center_freq;   // primary 20 MHz channel
+    wifi_channel center_freq0;  // center frequency (MHz) first segment
+    wifi_channel center_freq1;  // center frequency (MHz) second segment
+} wifi_channel_info;
+
+/* wifi rate */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 preamble : 3;    // 0: OFDM, 1:CCK, 2:HT 3:VHT 4:HE 5:EHT 6..7 reserved
+    u32 nss : 2;         // 0:1x1, 1:2x2, 3:3x3, 4:4x4
+    u32 bw : 3;          // 0:20MHz, 1:40Mhz, 2:80Mhz, 3:160Mhz 4:320Mhz
+    u32 rateMcsIdx : 8;  // OFDM/CCK rate code would be as per ieee std in the units of 0.5mbps
+                         // HT/VHT/HE/EHT it would be mcs index
+    u32 reserved : 16;   // reserved
+    u32 bitrate;         // units of 100 Kbps
+} wifi_rate;
+
+/* channel statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel_info channel;  // channel
+    u32 on_time;                // msecs the radio is awake (32 bits number accruing over time)
+    u32 cca_busy_time;  // msecs the CCA register is busy (32 bits number accruing over time)
+} wifi_channel_stat;
+
+// Max number of tx power levels. The actual number vary per device and is specified by
+// |num_tx_levels|
+#define RADIO_STAT_MAX_TX_LEVELS 256
+
+/* radio statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_radio radio;         // wifi radio (if multiple radio supported)
+    u32 on_time;              // msecs the radio is awake (32 bits number accruing over time)
+    u32 tx_time;              // msecs the radio is transmitting (32 bits number accruing over time)
+    u32 num_tx_levels;        // number of radio transmit power levels
+    u32* tx_time_per_levels;  // pointer to an array of radio transmit per power levels in
+                              // msecs accured over time
+    u32 rx_time;        // msecs the radio is in active receive (32 bits number accruing over time)
+    u32 on_time_scan;   // msecs the radio is awake due to all scan (32 bits number accruing over
+                        // time)
+    u32 on_time_nbd;    // msecs the radio is awake due to NAN (32 bits number accruing over time)
+    u32 on_time_gscan;  // msecs the radio is awake due to G?scan (32 bits number accruing over
+                        // time)
+    u32 on_time_roam_scan;  // msecs the radio is awake due to roam?scan (32 bits number accruing
+                            // over time)
+    u32 on_time_pno_scan;  // msecs the radio is awake due to PNO scan (32 bits number accruing over
+                           // time)
+    u32 on_time_hs20;      // msecs the radio is awake due to HS2.0 scans and GAS exchange (32 bits
+                           // number accruing over time)
+    u32 num_channels;      // number of channels
+    wifi_channel_stat channels[];  // channel statistics
+} wifi_radio_stat;
+
+/**
+ * Packet statistics reporting by firmware is performed on MPDU basi (i.e. counters increase by 1
+ * for each MPDU) As well, "data packet" in associated comments, shall be interpreted as 802.11 data
+ * packet, that is, 802.11 frame control subtype == 2 and excluding management and control frames.
+ *
+ * As an example, in the case of transmission of an MSDU fragmented in 16 MPDUs which are
+ * transmitted OTA in a 16 units long a-mpdu, for which a block ack is received with 5 bits set:
+ *          tx_mpdu : shall increase by 5
+ *          retries : shall increase by 16
+ *          tx_ampdu : shall increase by 1
+ * data packet counters shall not increase regardless of the number of BAR potentially sent by
+ * device for this a-mpdu data packet counters shall not increase regardless of the number of BA
+ * received by device for this a-mpdu
+ *
+ * For each subsequent retransmission of the 11 remaining non ACK'ed mpdus
+ * (regardless of the fact that they are transmitted in a-mpdu or not)
+ *          retries : shall increase by 1
+ *
+ * If no subsequent BA or ACK are received from AP, until packet lifetime expires for those 11
+ * packet that were not ACK'ed mpdu_lost : shall increase by 11
+ */
+
+/* per rate statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_rate rate;     // rate information
+    u32 tx_mpdu;        // number of successfully transmitted data pkts (ACK rcvd)
+    u32 rx_mpdu;        // number of received data pkts
+    u32 mpdu_lost;      // number of data packet losses (no ACK)
+    u32 retries;        // total number of data pkt retries
+    u32 retries_short;  // number of short data pkt retries
+    u32 retries_long;   // number of long data pkt retries
+} wifi_rate_stat;
+
+/* access categories */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_AC_VO = 0,
+    WIFI_AC_VI = 1,
+    WIFI_AC_BE = 2,
+    WIFI_AC_BK = 3,
+    WIFI_AC_MAX = 4,
+} wifi_traffic_ac;
+
+/* wifi peer type */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_PEER_STA,
+    WIFI_PEER_AP,
+    WIFI_PEER_P2P_GO,
+    WIFI_PEER_P2P_CLIENT,
+    WIFI_PEER_NAN,
+    WIFI_PEER_TDLS,
+    WIFI_PEER_INVALID,
+} wifi_peer_type;
+
+/* per peer statistics */
+typedef struct bssload_info {
+    u16 sta_count;  // station count
+    u16 chan_util;  // channel utilization
+    u8 PAD[4];
+} bssload_info_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_peer_type type;          // peer type (AP, TDLS, GO etc.)
+    u8 peer_mac_address[6];       // mac address
+    u32 capabilities;             // peer WIFI_CAPABILITY_XXX
+    bssload_info_t bssload;       // STA count and CU
+    u32 num_rate;                 // number of rates
+    wifi_rate_stat rate_stats[];  // per rate statistics, number of entries  = num_rate
+} wifi_peer_info;
+
+/* Per access category statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_traffic_ac ac;  // access category (VI, VO, BE, BK)
+    u32 tx_mpdu;         // number of successfully transmitted unicast data pkts (ACK rcvd)
+    u32 rx_mpdu;         // number of received unicast data packets
+    u32 tx_mcast;        // number of succesfully transmitted multicast data packets
+                   // STA case: implies ACK received from AP for the unicast packet in which mcast
+                   // pkt was sent
+    u32 rx_mcast;   // number of received multicast data packets
+    u32 rx_ampdu;   // number of received unicast a-mpdus; support of this counter is optional
+    u32 tx_ampdu;   // number of transmitted unicast a-mpdus; support of this counter is optional
+    u32 mpdu_lost;  // number of data pkt losses (no ACK)
+    u32 retries;    // total number of data pkt retries
+    u32 retries_short;           // number of short data pkt retries
+    u32 retries_long;            // number of long data pkt retries
+    u32 contention_time_min;     // data pkt min contention time (usecs)
+    u32 contention_time_max;     // data pkt max contention time (usecs)
+    u32 contention_time_avg;     // data pkt avg contention time (usecs)
+    u32 contention_num_samples;  // num of data pkts used for contention statistics
+} wifi_wmm_ac_stat;
+
+/* interface statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_interface_handle iface;          // wifi interface
+    wifi_interface_link_layer_info info;  // current state of the interface
+    u32 beacon_rx;                        // access point beacon received count from connected AP
+    u64 average_tsf_offset;               // average beacon offset encountered (beacon_TSF - TBTT)
+                             // The average_tsf_offset field is used so as to calculate the
+                             // typical beacon contention time on the channel as well may be
+                             // used to debug beacon synchronization and related power consumption
+                             // issue
+    u32 leaky_ap_detected;  // indicate that this AP typically leaks packets beyond the driver guard
+                            // time.
+    u32 leaky_ap_avg_num_frames_leaked;  // average number of frame leaked by AP after frame with PM
+                                         // bit set was ACK'ed by AP
+    u32 leaky_ap_guard_time;  // guard time currently in force (when implementing IEEE power
+                              // management based on frame control PM bit), How long driver waits
+                              // before shutting down the radio and after receiving an ACK for a
+                              // data frame with PM bit set)
+    u32 mgmt_rx;  // access point mgmt frames received count from connected AP (including Beacon)
+    u32 mgmt_action_rx;                // action frames received count
+    u32 mgmt_action_tx;                // action frames transmit count
+    wifi_rssi rssi_mgmt;               // access Point Beacon and Management frames RSSI (averaged)
+    wifi_rssi rssi_data;               // access Point Data Frames RSSI (averaged) from connected AP
+    wifi_rssi rssi_ack;                // access Point ACK RSSI (averaged) from connected AP
+    wifi_wmm_ac_stat ac[WIFI_AC_MAX];  // per ac data packet statistics
+    u32 num_peers;                     // number of peers
+    wifi_peer_info peer_info[];        // per peer statistics
+} wifi_iface_stat;
+
+/* configuration params */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 mpdu_size_threshold;              // threshold to classify the pkts as short or long
+                                          // packet size < mpdu_size_threshold => short
+    u32 aggressive_statistics_gathering;  // set for field debug mode. Driver should collect all
+                                          // statistics regardless of performance impact.
+} wifi_link_layer_params;
+
+/* API to trigger the link layer statistics collection.
+   Unless his API is invoked - link layer statistics will not be collected.
+   Radio statistics (once started) do not stop or get reset unless wifi_clear_link_stats is invoked
+   Interface statistics (once started) reset and start afresh after each connection */
+wifi_error wifi_set_link_stats(wifi_interface_handle iface, wifi_link_layer_params params);
+
+/* callback for reporting link layer stats */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_link_stats_results)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_iface_stat* iface_stat, int num_radios,
+                                  wifi_radio_stat* radio_stat);
+} wifi_stats_result_handler;
+
+/* api to collect the link layer statistics for a given iface and all the radio stats */
+wifi_error wifi_get_link_stats(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                               wifi_stats_result_handler handler);
+
+/* wifi statistics bitmap  */
+#define WIFI_STATS_RADIO 0x00000001           // all radio statistics
+#define WIFI_STATS_RADIO_CCA 0x00000002       // cca_busy_time (within radio statistics)
+#define WIFI_STATS_RADIO_CHANNELS 0x00000004  // all channel statistics (within radio statistics)
+#define WIFI_STATS_RADIO_SCAN 0x00000008      // all scan statistics (within radio statistics)
+#define WIFI_STATS_IFACE 0x00000010           // all interface statistics
+#define WIFI_STATS_IFACE_TXRATE 0x00000020  // all tx rate statistics (within interface statistics)
+#define WIFI_STATS_IFACE_AC 0x00000040      // all ac statistics (within interface statistics)
+#define WIFI_STATS_IFACE_CONTENTION \
+    0x00000080  // all contention (min, max, avg) statistics (within ac statisctics)
+
+/* clear api to reset statistics, stats_clear_rsp_mask identifies what stats have been cleared
+   stop_req = 1 will imply whether to stop the statistics collection.
+   stop_rsp = 1 will imply that stop_req was honored and statistics collection was stopped.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_clear_link_stats(wifi_interface_handle iface, u32 stats_clear_req_mask,
+                                 u32* stats_clear_rsp_mask, u8 stop_req, u8* stop_rsp);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*__WIFI_HAL_STATS_ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/power.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/power.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b6d12a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/power.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HARDWARE_POWER_H
+#define _HARDWARE_POWER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#if __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+enum {
+    PARTIAL_WAKE_LOCK = 1,  // the cpu stays on, but the screen is off
+    FULL_WAKE_LOCK = 2      // the screen is also on
+};
+
+// while you have a lock held, the device will stay on at least at the
+// level you request.
+int acquire_wake_lock(int lock, const char* id);
+int release_wake_lock(const char* id);
+
+#if __cplusplus
+}  // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif  // _HARDWARE_POWER_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/roam.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/roam.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3369e3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/roam.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_ROAM_H__
+#define __WIFI_HAL_ROAM_H__
+
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#define MAX_BLACKLIST_BSSID 16
+#define MAX_WHITELIST_SSID 8
+#define MAX_SSID_LENGTH 32
+
+typedef struct {
+    u32 max_blacklist_size;
+    u32 max_whitelist_size;
+} wifi_roaming_capabilities;
+
+typedef enum { ROAMING_DISABLE, ROAMING_ENABLE } fw_roaming_state_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u32 length;
+    char ssid_str[MAX_SSID_LENGTH];
+} ssid_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u32 num_blacklist_bssid;                        // Number of bssids valid in blacklist_bssid[].
+    mac_addr blacklist_bssid[MAX_BLACKLIST_BSSID];  // List of bssids which should not be considered
+                                                    // for romaing by firmware/driver.
+    u32 num_whitelist_ssid;                         // Number of ssids valid in whitelist_ssid[].
+    ssid_t whitelist_ssid[MAX_WHITELIST_SSID];      // List of ssids to which firmware/driver can
+                                                    // consider to roam to.
+} wifi_roaming_config;
+
+/* Get the chipset roaming capabilities. */
+wifi_error wifi_get_roaming_capabilities(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                         wifi_roaming_capabilities* caps);
+/* Enable/disable firmware roaming */
+wifi_error wifi_enable_firmware_roaming(wifi_interface_handle handle, fw_roaming_state_t state);
+
+/* Pass down the blacklist BSSID and whitelist SSID to firmware. */
+wifi_error wifi_configure_roaming(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                  wifi_roaming_config* roaming_config);
+
+#endif /* __WIFI_HAL_ROAM_H__ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/rtt.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/rtt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8be7fd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/rtt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+
+#include "gscan.h"
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_RTT_H__
+#define __WIFI_HAL_RTT_H__
+
+/* Ranging status */
+typedef enum {
+    RTT_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0,
+    RTT_STATUS_FAILURE = 1,        // general failure status
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_NO_RSP = 2,    // target STA does not respond to request
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_REJECTED = 3,  // request rejected. Applies to 2-sided RTT only
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_NOT_SCHEDULED_YET = 4,
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_TM_TIMEOUT = 5,          // timing measurement times out
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_AP_ON_DIFF_CHANNEL = 6,  // Target on different channel, cannot range
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_NO_CAPABILITY = 7,       // ranging not supported
+    RTT_STATUS_ABORTED = 8,                  // request aborted for unknown reason
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_INVALID_TS = 9,          // Invalid T1-T4 timestamp
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_PROTOCOL = 10,           // 11mc protocol failed
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_SCHEDULE = 11,           // request could not be scheduled
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_BUSY_TRY_LATER = 12,     // responder cannot collaborate at time of request
+    RTT_STATUS_INVALID_REQ = 13,             // bad request args
+    RTT_STATUS_NO_WIFI = 14,                 // WiFi not enabled
+    RTT_STATUS_FAIL_FTM_PARAM_OVERRIDE =
+            15,  // Responder overrides param info, cannot range with new params
+    RTT_STATUS_NAN_RANGING_PROTOCOL_FAILURE = 16,           // Negotiation failure
+    RTT_STATUS_NAN_RANGING_CONCURRENCY_NOT_SUPPORTED = 17,  // concurrency not supported (NDP+RTT)
+} wifi_rtt_status;
+
+/* RTT peer type */
+typedef enum {
+    RTT_PEER_AP = 0x1,
+    RTT_PEER_STA = 0x2,
+    RTT_PEER_P2P_GO = 0x3,
+    RTT_PEER_P2P_CLIENT = 0x4,
+    RTT_PEER_NAN = 0x5
+} rtt_peer_type;
+
+/* RTT Measurement Bandwidth */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_5 = 0x01,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_10 = 0x02,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_20 = 0x04,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_40 = 0x08,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_80 = 0x10,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_160 = 0x20,
+    WIFI_RTT_BW_320 = 0x40
+} wifi_rtt_bw;
+
+/* RTT Measurement Preamble */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_RTT_PREAMBLE_LEGACY = 0x1,
+    WIFI_RTT_PREAMBLE_HT = 0x2,
+    WIFI_RTT_PREAMBLE_VHT = 0x4,
+    WIFI_RTT_PREAMBLE_HE = 0x8,
+    WIFI_RTT_PREAMBLE_EHT = 0x10,
+} wifi_rtt_preamble;
+
+/* RTT Type */
+typedef enum {
+    RTT_TYPE_1_SIDED = 0x1,
+    RTT_TYPE_2_SIDED = 0x2,
+} wifi_rtt_type;
+
+/* RTT configuration */
+typedef struct {
+    mac_addr addr;              // peer device mac address
+    wifi_rtt_type type;         // 1-sided or 2-sided RTT
+    rtt_peer_type peer;         // optional - peer device hint (STA, P2P, AP)
+    wifi_channel_info channel;  // Required for STA-AP mode, optional for P2P, NBD etc.
+    unsigned burst_period;      // Time interval between bursts (units: 100 ms).
+                                // Applies to 1-sided and 2-sided RTT multi-burst requests.
+                                // Range: 0-31, 0: no preference by initiator (2-sided RTT)
+    unsigned num_burst;         // Total number of RTT bursts to be executed. It will be
+                                // specified in the same way as the parameter "Number of
+                                // Burst Exponent" found in the FTM frame format. It
+                                // applies to both: 1-sided RTT and 2-sided RTT. Valid
+                                // values are 0 to 15 as defined in 802.11mc std.
+                                // 0 means single shot
+                                // The implication of this parameter on the maximum
+                                // number of RTT results is the following:
+                                // for 1-sided RTT: max num of RTT results =
+    // (2^num_burst)*(num_frames_per_burst) for 2-sided RTT: max num of RTT
+    // results = (2^num_burst)*(num_frames_per_burst - 1)
+    unsigned num_frames_per_burst;  // num of frames per burst.
+                                    // Minimum value = 1, Maximum value = 31
+                                    // For 2-sided this equals the number of FTM frames
+                                    // to be attempted in a single burst. This also
+                                    // equals the number of FTM frames that the
+                                    // initiator will request that the responder send
+                                    // in a single frame.
+    unsigned
+            num_retries_per_rtt_frame;  // number of retries for a failed RTT frame. Applies
+                                        // to 1-sided RTT only. Minimum value = 0, Maximum value = 3
+
+    // following fields are only valid for 2-side RTT
+    unsigned num_retries_per_ftmr;  // Maximum number of retries that the initiator can
+                                    // retry an FTMR frame.
+                                    // Minimum value = 0, Maximum value = 3
+    byte LCI_request;               // 1: request LCI, 0: do not request LCI
+    byte LCR_request;               // 1: request LCR, 0: do not request LCR
+    unsigned burst_duration;        // Applies to 1-sided and 2-sided RTT. Valid values will
+                                    // be 2-11 and 15 as specified by the 802.11mc std for
+                                    // the FTM parameter burst duration. In a multi-burst
+                                    // request, if responder overrides with larger value,
+                                    // the initiator will return failure. In a single-burst
+                                    // request if responder overrides with larger value,
+                                    // the initiator will sent TMR_STOP to terminate RTT
+                                    // at the end of the burst_duration it requested.
+    wifi_rtt_preamble preamble;     // RTT preamble to be used in the RTT frames
+    wifi_rtt_bw bw;                 // RTT BW to be used in the RTT frames
+} wifi_rtt_config;
+
+/* RTT results */
+typedef struct {
+    mac_addr addr;                // device mac address
+    unsigned burst_num;           // burst number in a multi-burst request
+    unsigned measurement_number;  // Total RTT measurement frames attempted
+    unsigned success_number;      // Total successful RTT measurement frames
+    byte number_per_burst_peer;   // Maximum number of "FTM frames per burst" supported by
+                                  // the responder STA. Applies to 2-sided RTT only.
+                                  // If reponder overrides with larger value:
+                                  // - for single-burst request initiator will truncate the
+                                  // larger value and send a TMR_STOP after receiving as
+                                  // many frames as originally requested.
+                                  // - for multi-burst request, initiator will return
+                                  // failure right away.
+    wifi_rtt_status status;       // ranging status
+    byte retry_after_duration;    // When status == RTT_STATUS_FAIL_BUSY_TRY_LATER,
+                                  // this will be the time provided by the responder as to
+                                  // when the request can be tried again. Applies to 2-sided
+                                  // RTT only. In sec, 1-31sec.
+    wifi_rtt_type type;           // RTT type
+    wifi_rssi rssi;               // average rssi in 0.5 dB steps e.g. 143 implies -71.5 dB
+    wifi_rssi rssi_spread;  // rssi spread in 0.5 dB steps e.g. 5 implies 2.5 dB spread (optional)
+    wifi_rate tx_rate;      // 1-sided RTT: TX rate of RTT frame.
+                            // 2-sided RTT: TX rate of initiator's Ack in response to FTM frame.
+    wifi_rate rx_rate;      // 1-sided RTT: TX rate of Ack from other side.
+                            // 2-sided RTT: TX rate of FTM frame coming from responder.
+    wifi_timespan rtt;      // round trip time in picoseconds
+    wifi_timespan rtt_sd;   // rtt standard deviation in picoseconds
+    wifi_timespan rtt_spread;  // difference between max and min rtt times recorded in picoseconds
+    int distance_mm;           // distance in mm (optional)
+    int distance_sd_mm;        // standard deviation in mm (optional)
+    int distance_spread_mm;    // difference between max and min distance recorded in mm (optional)
+    wifi_timestamp ts;         // time of the measurement (in microseconds since boot)
+    int burst_duration;        // in ms, actual time taken by the FW to finish one burst
+                               // measurement. Applies to 1-sided and 2-sided RTT.
+    int negotiated_burst_num;  // Number of bursts allowed by the responder. Applies
+                               // to 2-sided RTT only.
+    wifi_information_element* LCI;  // for 11mc only
+    wifi_information_element* LCR;  // for 11mc only
+} wifi_rtt_result;
+
+/* RTT result callback */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_rtt_results)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_results, wifi_rtt_result* rtt_result[]);
+} wifi_rtt_event_handler;
+
+/* API to request RTT measurement */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_range_request(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                  unsigned num_rtt_config, wifi_rtt_config rtt_config[],
+                                  wifi_rtt_event_handler handler);
+
+/* API to cancel RTT measurements */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_range_cancel(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                 unsigned num_devices, mac_addr addr[]);
+
+/* NBD ranging channel map */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel availablity[32];  // specifies the channel map for each of the 16 TU windows
+    // frequency of 0 => unspecified; which means firmware is
+    // free to do whatever it wants in this window.
+} wifi_channel_map;
+
+/* API to start publishing the channel map on responder device in a NBD cluster.
+   Responder device will take this request and schedule broadcasting the channel map
+   in a NBD ranging attribute in a SDF. DE will automatically remove the ranging
+   attribute from the OTA queue after number of DW specified by num_dw
+   where Each DW is 512 TUs apart */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_channel_map_set(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                    wifi_channel_map* params, unsigned num_dw);
+
+/* API to clear the channel map on the responder device in a NBD cluster.
+   Responder device will cancel future ranging channel request, starting from next
+   DW interval and will also stop broadcasting NBD ranging attribute in SDF */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_channel_map_clear(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+// Preamble definition for bit mask used in wifi_rtt_capabilities
+#define PREAMBLE_LEGACY 0x1
+#define PREAMBLE_HT 0x2
+#define PREAMBLE_VHT 0x4
+#define PREAMBLE_HE 0x8
+#define PREAMBLE_EHT 0x10
+
+// BW definition for bit mask used in wifi_rtt_capabilities
+#define BW_5_SUPPORT 0x1
+#define BW_10_SUPPORT 0x2
+#define BW_20_SUPPORT 0x4
+#define BW_40_SUPPORT 0x8
+#define BW_80_SUPPORT 0x10
+#define BW_160_SUPPORT 0x20
+#define BW_320_SUPPORT 0x40
+
+/* RTT Capabilities */
+typedef struct {
+    byte rtt_one_sided_supported;  // if 1-sided rtt data collection is supported
+    byte rtt_ftm_supported;        // if ftm rtt data collection is supported
+    byte lci_support;              // if initiator supports LCI request. Applies to 2-sided RTT
+    byte lcr_support;              // if initiator supports LCR request. Applies to 2-sided RTT
+    byte preamble_support;         // bit mask indicates what preamble is supported by initiator
+    byte bw_support;               // bit mask indicates what BW is supported by initiator
+    byte responder_supported;      // if 11mc responder mode is supported
+    byte mc_version;               // draft 11mc spec version supported by chip. For instance,
+                                   // version 4.0 should be 40 and version 4.3 should be 43 etc.
+} wifi_rtt_capabilities;
+
+/*  RTT capabilities of the device */
+wifi_error wifi_get_rtt_capabilities(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                     wifi_rtt_capabilities* capabilities);
+
+/* debugging definitions */
+enum {
+    RTT_DEBUG_DISABLE,
+    RTT_DEBUG_LOG,
+    RTT_DEBUG_PROTO,
+    RTT_DEBUG_BURST,
+    RTT_DEBUG_ACCURACY,
+    RTT_DEBUG_LOGDETAIL
+};  // rtt debug type
+
+enum { RTT_DEBUG_FORMAT_TXT, RTT_DEBUG_FORMAT_BINARY };  // rtt debug format
+
+typedef struct rtt_debug {
+    unsigned version;
+    unsigned len;     // total length of after len field
+    unsigned type;    // rtt debug type
+    unsigned format;  // rtt debug format
+    char dbuf[0];     // debug content
+} rtt_debug_t;
+
+/* set configuration for debug */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_debug_cfg(wifi_interface_handle h, unsigned rtt_dbg_type, char* cfgbuf,
+                              unsigned cfg_buf_size);
+/* get the debug information */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_debug_get(wifi_interface_handle h, rtt_debug_t** debugbuf);
+/* free the debug buffer */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_debug_free(wifi_interface_handle h, rtt_debug_t* debugbuf);
+
+/* API for setting LCI/LCR information to be provided to a requestor */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_MOTION_NOT_EXPECTED = 0,  // Not expected to change location
+    WIFI_MOTION_EXPECTED = 1,      // Expected to change location
+    WIFI_MOTION_UNKNOWN = 2,       // Movement pattern unknown
+} wifi_motion_pattern;
+
+typedef struct {
+    long latitude;       // latitude in degrees * 2^25 , 2's complement
+    long longitude;      // latitude in degrees * 2^25 , 2's complement
+    int altitude;        // Altitude in units of 1/256 m
+    byte latitude_unc;   // As defined in Section 2.3.2 of IETF RFC 6225
+    byte longitude_unc;  // As defined in Section 2.3.2 of IETF RFC 6225
+    byte altitude_unc;   // As defined in Section 2.4.5 from IETF RFC 6225:
+
+    // Following element for configuring the Z subelement
+    wifi_motion_pattern motion_pattern;
+    int floor;               // floor in units of 1/16th of floor. 0x80000000 if unknown.
+    int height_above_floor;  // in units of 1/64 m
+    int height_unc;          // in units of 1/64 m. 0 if unknown
+} wifi_lci_information;
+
+typedef struct {
+    char country_code[2];  // country code
+    int length;            // length of the info field
+    char civic_info[256];  // Civic info to be copied in FTM frame
+} wifi_lcr_information;
+
+// API to configure the LCI. Used in RTT Responder mode only
+wifi_error wifi_set_lci(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, wifi_lci_information* lci);
+
+// API to configure the LCR. Used in RTT Responder mode only.
+wifi_error wifi_set_lcr(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, wifi_lcr_information* lcr);
+
+/**
+ * RTT Responder information
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel_info channel;
+    wifi_rtt_preamble preamble;
+} wifi_rtt_responder;
+
+/**
+ * Get RTT responder information e.g. WiFi channel to enable responder on.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_rtt_get_responder_info(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                       wifi_rtt_responder* responder_info);
+
+/**
+ * Enable RTT responder mode.
+ * channel_hint - hint of the channel information where RTT responder should be enabled on.
+ * max_duration_seconds - timeout of responder mode.
+ * channel_used - channel used for RTT responder, NULL if responder is not enabled.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_enable_responder(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                 wifi_channel_info channel_hint, unsigned max_duration_seconds,
+                                 wifi_rtt_responder* responder_info);
+
+/**
+ * Disable RTT responder mode.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_disable_responder(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/tdls.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/tdls.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..787b13a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/tdls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef _TDLS_H_
+#define _TDLS_H_
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_TDLS_DISABLED = 1,            /* TDLS is not enabled, default status for all STAs */
+    WIFI_TDLS_ENABLED,                 /* TDLS is enabled, but not yet tried */
+    WIFI_TDLS_ESTABLISHED,             /* Direct link is established */
+    WIFI_TDLS_ESTABLISHED_OFF_CHANNEL, /* Direct link is established using MCC */
+    WIFI_TDLS_DROPPED,                 /* Direct link was established,
+                                        * but is temporarily dropped now */
+    WIFI_TDLS_FAILED                   /* TDLS permanent failed. Inform error to upper layer
+                                        * and go back to WIFI_TDLS_DISABLED */
+} wifi_tdls_state;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_TDLS_SUCCESS,               /* Success */
+    WIFI_TDLS_UNSPECIFIED = -1,      /* Unspecified reason */
+    WIFI_TDLS_NOT_SUPPORTED = -2,    /* Remote side doesn't support TDLS */
+    WIFI_TDLS_UNSUPPORTED_BAND = -3, /* Remote side doesn't support this band */
+    WIFI_TDLS_NOT_BENEFICIAL = -4,   /* Going to AP is better than going direct */
+    WIFI_TDLS_DROPPED_BY_REMOTE = -5 /* Remote side doesn't want it anymore */
+} wifi_tdls_reason;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int channel;                /* channel hint, in channel number (NOT frequency ) */
+    int global_operating_class; /* operating class to use */
+    int max_latency_ms;         /* max latency that can be tolerated by apps */
+    int min_bandwidth_kbps;     /* bandwidth required by apps, in kilo bits per second */
+} wifi_tdls_params;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int channel;
+    int global_operating_class;
+    wifi_tdls_state state;
+    wifi_tdls_reason reason;
+} wifi_tdls_status;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int max_concurrent_tdls_session_num; /* Maximum TDLS session number can be supported by the
+                                          * Firmware and hardware*/
+    int is_global_tdls_supported;        /* 1 -- support,  0 -- not support */
+    int is_per_mac_tdls_supported;       /* 1 -- support,  0 -- not support */
+    int is_off_channel_tdls_supported;   /* 1 -- support,  0 -- not support */
+} wifi_tdls_capabilities;
+
+typedef struct {
+    /* on_tdls_state_changed - reports state of TDLS link to framework
+     * Report this event when the state of TDLS link changes */
+    void (*on_tdls_state_changed)(mac_addr addr, wifi_tdls_status status);
+} wifi_tdls_handler;
+
+/* wifi_enable_tdls - enables TDLS-auto mode for a specific route
+ *
+ * params specifies hints, which provide more information about
+ * why TDLS is being sought. The firmware should do its best to
+ * honor the hints before downgrading regular AP link
+ * If upper layer has no specific values, this should be NULL
+ *
+ * handler is used to inform the upper layer about the status change and the corresponding reason
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_enable_tdls(wifi_interface_handle iface, mac_addr addr, wifi_tdls_params* params,
+                            wifi_tdls_handler handler);
+
+/* wifi_disable_tdls - disables TDLS-auto mode for a specific route
+ *
+ * This terminates any existing TDLS with addr device, and frees the
+ * device resources to make TDLS connections on new routes.
+ *
+ * DON'T fire any more events on 'handler' specified in earlier call to
+ * wifi_enable_tdls after this action.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_disable_tdls(wifi_interface_handle iface, mac_addr addr);
+
+/* wifi_get_tdls_status - allows getting the status of TDLS for a specific route */
+wifi_error wifi_get_tdls_status(wifi_interface_handle iface, mac_addr addr,
+                                wifi_tdls_status* status);
+
+/* return the current HW + Firmware combination's TDLS capabilities */
+wifi_error wifi_get_tdls_capabilities(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                      wifi_tdls_capabilities* capabilities);
+#endif
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/uevent.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/uevent.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b82b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/uevent.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HARDWARE_UEVENT_H
+#define _HARDWARE_UEVENT_H
+
+#if __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+int uevent_init();
+int uevent_get_fd();
+int uevent_next_event(char* buffer, int buffer_length);
+int uevent_add_native_handler(void (*handler)(void* data, const char* msg, int msg_len),
+                              void* handler_data);
+int uevent_remove_native_handler(void (*handler)(void* data, const char* msg, int msg_len));
+
+#if __cplusplus
+}  // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#endif  // _HARDWARE_UEVENT_H
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_cached_scan_results.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_cached_scan_results.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7392c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_cached_scan_results.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2022 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULTS_H__
+#define __WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULTS_H__
+
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_NONE (0)
+/* Element ID 61 (HT Operation) is present (see HT 7.3.2) */
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_HT_OPS_PRESENT (1 << 0)
+/* Element ID 192 (VHT Operation) is present (see VHT 8.4.2)  */
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_VHT_OPS_PRESENT (1 << 1)
+/* Element ID 255 + Extension 36 (HE Operation) is present
+ * (see 802.11ax 9.4.2.1)
+ */
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_HE_OPS_PRESENT (1 << 2)
+/* Element ID 255 + Extension 106 (HE Operation) is present
+ * (see 802.11be D1.5 9.4.2.1)
+ */
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_EHT_OPS_PRESENT (1 << 3)
+/* Element ID 127 (Extended Capabilities) is present, and bit 70
+ * (Fine Timing Measurement Responder) is set to 1
+ * (see IEEE Std 802.11-2016 9.4.2.27)
+ */
+#define WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_IS_FTM_RESPONDER (1 << 4)
+
+/**
+ * Provides information about a single access point (AP) detected in a scan.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Number of milliseconds prior to ts in the enclosing
+     * wifi_cached_scan_result_report struct when
+     * the probe response or beacon frame that
+     * was used to populate this structure was received.
+     */
+    u32 age_ms;
+    /* The Capability Information field */
+    u16 capability;
+    /* null terminated */
+    u8 ssid[33];
+    u8 ssid_len;
+    u8 bssid[6];
+    /* A set of flags from WIFI_CACHED_SCAN_RESULT_FLAGS_* */
+    u8 flags;
+    s8 rssi;
+    wifi_channel_spec chanspec;
+} wifi_cached_scan_result;
+
+/*
+ * Data structure sent with events of type WifiCachedScanResult.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    /* time since boot (in microsecond) when the result was retrieved */
+    wifi_timestamp ts;
+    /* If 0, indicates that all frequencies in current regulation were
+     * scanned. Otherwise, indicates the number of frequencies scanned, as
+     * specified in scanned_freq_list.
+     */
+    u16 scanned_freq_num;
+    /* Pointer to an array containing scanned_freq_num values comprising the
+     * set of frequencies that were scanned. Frequencies are specified as
+     * channel center frequencies in MHz. May be NULL if scannedFreqListLen is
+     * 0.
+     */
+    const u32* scanned_freq_list;
+    /* The total number of cached results returned. */
+    u8 result_cnt;
+    /* Pointer to an array containing result_cnt entries. May be NULL if
+     * result_cnt is 0.
+     */
+    const wifi_cached_scan_result* results;
+} wifi_cached_scan_report;
+
+/* callback for reporting cached scan report */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_cached_scan_results)(wifi_cached_scan_report* cache_report);
+} wifi_cached_scan_result_handler;
+#endif
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_config.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..459a3fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_CONFIG_H
+#define __WIFI_HAL_CONFIG_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define CONFIG_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+#define CONFIG_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define CONFIG_MICRO_VERSION 0
+
+// whether the wifi chipset wakes at every dtim beacon or a multiple of the dtim period
+// if extended_dtim is set to 3, the STA shall wake up every 3 DTIM beacons
+wifi_error wifi_extended_dtim_config_set(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                         int extended_dtim);
+
+// set the country code to driver
+wifi_error wifi_set_country_code(wifi_interface_handle iface, const char* country_code);
+
+// set the wifi_iface stats averaging factor used to calculate
+//  statistics like average the TSF offset or average number of frame leaked
+//  For instance, upon beacon reception:
+//     current_avg = ((beacon_TSF - TBTT) * factor + previous_avg * (0x10000 - factor) ) / 0x10000
+//  For instance, when evaluating leaky APs:
+//     current_avg = ((num frame received within guard time) * factor + previous_avg * (0x10000 -
+//     factor)) / 0x10000
+
+wifi_error wifi_set_beacon_wifi_iface_stats_averaging_factor(wifi_request_id id,
+                                                             wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                             u16 factor);
+
+// configure guard time, i.e. when implementing IEEE power management based on
+// frame control PM bit, how long driver waits before shutting down the radio and
+// after receiving an ACK for a data frame with PM bit set
+wifi_error wifi_set_guard_time(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, u32 guard_time);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*__WIFI_HAL_STATS_ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_hal.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_hal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..383ba71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_hal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1020 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_H__
+#define __WIFI_HAL_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define IFNAMSIZ 16
+
+/* typedefs */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+typedef unsigned char u8;
+typedef signed char s8;
+typedef uint16_t u16;
+typedef uint32_t u32;
+typedef int32_t s32;
+typedef uint64_t u64;
+typedef int64_t s64;
+typedef int wifi_request_id;
+typedef int wifi_channel;  // indicates channel frequency in MHz
+typedef int wifi_rssi;
+typedef int wifi_radio;
+typedef byte mac_addr[6];
+typedef byte oui[3];
+typedef int64_t wifi_timestamp;  // In microseconds (us)
+typedef int64_t wifi_timespan;   // In picoseconds  (ps)
+typedef uint64_t feature_set;
+
+/* forward declarations */
+struct wifi_info;
+struct wifi_interface_info;
+typedef struct wifi_info* wifi_handle;
+typedef struct wifi_interface_info* wifi_interface_handle;
+
+/* WiFi Common definitions */
+/* channel operating width */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_20 = 0,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_40 = 1,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_80 = 2,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_160 = 3,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80 = 4,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_5 = 5,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_10 = 6,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_320 = 7,
+    WIFI_CHAN_WIDTH_INVALID = -1
+} wifi_channel_width;
+
+/* Pre selected Power scenarios to be applied from BDF file */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_INVALID = -2,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_DEFAULT = -1,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_VOICE_CALL = 0,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_CELL_OFF = 1,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_CELL_ON = 2,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_OFF = 3,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_ON = 4,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_BT = 5,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_HOTSPOT = 6,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_HOTSPOT_MMW = 7,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_ON_BT = 8,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT = 9,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_BT = 10,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_MMW = 11,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_BT_MMW = 12,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_CELL_OFF_UNFOLDED = 13,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_CELL_ON_UNFOLDED = 14,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_HOTSPOT_UNFOLDED = 15,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_HEAD_HOTSPOT_MMW_UNFOLDED = 16,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_OFF_UNFOLDED = 17,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_BT_UNFOLDED = 18,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_ON_UNFOLDED = 19,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_CELL_ON_BT_UNFOLDED = 20,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_UNFOLDED = 21,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_BT_UNFOLDED = 22,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_MMW_UNFOLDED = 23,
+    WIFI_POWER_SCENARIO_ON_BODY_HOTSPOT_BT_MMW_UNFOLDED = 24,
+} wifi_power_scenario;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_LATENCY_MODE_NORMAL = 0,
+    WIFI_LATENCY_MODE_LOW = 1,
+} wifi_latency_mode;
+
+/* Wifi Thermal mitigation modes */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_NONE = 0,
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_LIGHT = 1,
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_MODERATE = 2,
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_SEVERE = 3,
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_CRITICAL = 4,
+    WIFI_MITIGATION_EMERGENCY = 5,
+} wifi_thermal_mode;
+
+/*
+ * Wifi voice over IP mode
+ * may add new modes later, for example, voice + video over IP mode.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_VOIP_MODE_OFF = 0,
+    WIFI_VOIP_MODE_ON = 1,
+} wifi_voip_mode;
+
+/* List of interface types supported */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_TYPE_STA = 0,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_TYPE_AP = 1,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_TYPE_P2P = 2,
+    WIFI_INTERFACE_TYPE_NAN = 3,
+} wifi_interface_type;
+
+/*
+ * enum wlan_mac_band - Band information corresponding to the WLAN MAC.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    /* WLAN MAC Operates in 2.4 GHz Band */
+    WLAN_MAC_2_4_BAND = 1 << 0,
+    /* WLAN MAC Operates in 5 GHz Band */
+    WLAN_MAC_5_0_BAND = 1 << 1,
+    /* WLAN MAC Operates in 6 GHz Band */
+    WLAN_MAC_6_0_BAND = 1 << 2,
+    /* WLAN MAC Operates in 60 GHz Band */
+    WLAN_MAC_60_0_BAND = 1 << 3,
+} wlan_mac_band;
+
+/* List of chre nan rtt state */
+typedef enum {
+    CHRE_PREEMPTED = 0,
+    CHRE_UNAVAILABLE = 1,
+    CHRE_AVAILABLE = 2,
+} chre_nan_rtt_state;
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_channel_width width;
+    int center_frequency0;
+    int center_frequency1;
+    int primary_frequency;
+} wifi_channel_spec;
+
+/*
+ * wifi_usable_channel specifies a channel frequency, bandwidth, and bitmask
+ * of modes allowed on the channel.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Channel frequency in MHz */
+    wifi_channel freq;
+    /* Channel operating width (20, 40, 80, 160, 320 etc.) */
+    wifi_channel_width width;
+    /* BIT MASK of BIT(WIFI_INTERFACE_*) represented by |wifi_interface_mode|
+     * Bitmask does not represent concurrency.
+     * Examples:
+     * - If a channel is usable only for STA, then only the WIFI_INTERFACE_STA
+     *   bit would be set for that channel.
+     * - If 5GHz SAP is not allowed, then none of the 5GHz channels will have
+     *   WIFI_INTERFACE_SOFTAP bit set.
+     * Note: TDLS bit is set only if there is a STA connection. TDLS bit is set
+     * on non-STA channels only if TDLS off channel is supported.
+     */
+    u32 iface_mode_mask;
+} wifi_usable_channel;
+
+/*
+ * wifi_usable_channel_filter
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    /* Filter Wifi channels that should be avoided due to cellular coex
+     * restrictions. Some Wifi channels can have extreme interference
+     * from/to cellular due to short frequency separation with neighboring
+     * cellular channels or when there is harmonic and intermodulation
+     * interference. Channels which only have some performance degradation
+     * (e.g. power back off is sufficient to deal with coexistence issue)
+     * can be included and should not be filtered out.
+     */
+    WIFI_USABLE_CHANNEL_FILTER_CELLULAR_COEXISTENCE = 1 << 0,
+    /* Filter channels due to concurrency state.
+     * Examples:
+     * - 5GHz SAP operation may be supported in standalone mode, but if
+     *  there is STA connection on 5GHz DFS channel, none of the 5GHz
+     *  channels are usable for SAP if device does not support DFS SAP mode.
+     * - P2P GO may not be supported on indoor channels in EU during
+     *  standalone mode but if there is a STA connection on indoor channel,
+     *  P2P GO may be supported by some vendors on the same STA channel.
+     */
+    WIFI_USABLE_CHANNEL_FILTER_CONCURRENCY = 1 << 1,
+    /* This Filter queries Wifi channels and bands that are supported for
+     * NAN3.1 Instant communication mode. This filter should only be applied to NAN interface.
+     * If 5G is supported default discovery channel 149/44 is considered,
+     * If 5G is not supported then channel 6 has to be considered.
+     * Based on regulatory domain if channel 149 and 44 are restricted, channel 6 should
+     * be considered for instant communication channel
+     */
+    WIFI_USABLE_CHANNEL_FILTER_NAN_INSTANT_MODE = 1 << 2,
+} wifi_usable_channel_filter;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_SUCCESS = 0,
+    WIFI_ERROR_NONE = 0,
+    WIFI_ERROR_UNKNOWN = -1,
+    WIFI_ERROR_UNINITIALIZED = -2,
+    WIFI_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED = -3,
+    WIFI_ERROR_NOT_AVAILABLE = -4,  // Not available right now, but try later
+    WIFI_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS = -5,
+    WIFI_ERROR_INVALID_REQUEST_ID = -6,
+    WIFI_ERROR_TIMED_OUT = -7,
+    WIFI_ERROR_TOO_MANY_REQUESTS = -8,  // Too many instances of this request
+    WIFI_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY = -9,
+    WIFI_ERROR_BUSY = -10,
+} wifi_error;
+
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_ACCESS_CATEGORY_BEST_EFFORT = 0,
+    WIFI_ACCESS_CATEGORY_BACKGROUND = 1,
+    WIFI_ACCESS_CATEGORY_VIDEO = 2,
+    WIFI_ACCESS_CATEGORY_VOICE = 3
+} wifi_access_category;
+
+/* Antenna configuration */
+typedef enum {
+    WIFI_ANTENNA_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    WIFI_ANTENNA_1X1 = 1,
+    WIFI_ANTENNA_2X2 = 2,
+    WIFI_ANTENNA_3X3 = 3,
+    WIFI_ANTENNA_4X4 = 4,
+} wifi_antenna_configuration;
+
+/* Wifi Radio configuration */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Operating band */
+    wlan_mac_band band;
+    /* Antenna configuration */
+    wifi_antenna_configuration antenna_cfg;
+} wifi_radio_configuration;
+
+/* WiFi Radio Combination  */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 num_radio_configurations;
+    wifi_radio_configuration radio_configurations[];
+} wifi_radio_combination;
+
+/* WiFi Radio combinations matrix */
+/* For Example in case of a chip which has two radios, where one radio is
+ * capable of 2.4GHz 2X2 only and another radio which is capable of either
+ * 5GHz or 6GHz 2X2, number of possible radio combinations in this case
+ * are 5 and possible combinations are
+ *                            {{{2G 2X2}}, //Standalone 2G
+ *                            {{5G 2X2}}, //Standalone 5G
+ *                            {{6G 2X2}}, //Standalone 6G
+ *                            {{2G 2X2}, {5G 2X2}}, //2G+5G DBS
+ *                            {{2G 2X2}, {6G 2X2}}} //2G+6G DBS
+ * Note: Since this chip doesn’t support 5G+6G simultaneous operation
+ * as there is only one radio which can support both, So it can only
+ * do MCC 5G+6G. This table should not get populated with possible MCC
+ * configurations. This is only for simultaneous radio configurations
+ * (such as Standalone, multi band simultaneous or single band simultaneous).
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 num_radio_combinations;
+    /* Each row represents possible radio combinations */
+    wifi_radio_combination radio_combinations[];
+} wifi_radio_combination_matrix;
+
+/* Initialize/Cleanup */
+
+wifi_error wifi_initialize(wifi_handle* handle);
+
+/**
+ * wifi_wait_for_driver
+ * Function should block until the driver is ready to proceed.
+ * Any errors from this function is considered fatal & will fail the HAL startup sequence.
+ *
+ * on success returns WIFI_SUCCESS
+ * on failure returns WIFI_ERROR_TIMED_OUT
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_wait_for_driver_ready(void);
+
+typedef void (*wifi_cleaned_up_handler)(wifi_handle handle);
+void wifi_cleanup(wifi_handle handle, wifi_cleaned_up_handler handler);
+void wifi_event_loop(wifi_handle handle);
+
+/* Error handling */
+void wifi_get_error_info(wifi_error err, const char** msg);  // return a pointer to a static string
+
+/* Feature enums */
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_INFRA (uint64_t)0x1                   // Basic infrastructure mode
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_INFRA_5G (uint64_t)0x2                // Support for 5 GHz Band
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_HOTSPOT (uint64_t)0x4                 // Support for GAS/ANQP
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_P2P (uint64_t)0x8                     // Wifi-Direct
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_SOFT_AP (uint64_t)0x10                // Soft AP
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_GSCAN (uint64_t)0x20                  // Google-Scan APIs
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_NAN (uint64_t)0x40                    // Neighbor Awareness Networking
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_D2D_RTT (uint64_t)0x80                // Device-to-device RTT
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_D2AP_RTT (uint64_t)0x100              // Device-to-AP RTT
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_BATCH_SCAN (uint64_t)0x200            // Batched Scan (legacy)
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_PNO (uint64_t)0x400                   // Preferred network offload
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_ADDITIONAL_STA (uint64_t)0x800        // Support for two STAs
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_TDLS (uint64_t)0x1000                 // Tunnel directed link setup
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_TDLS_OFFCHANNEL (uint64_t)0x2000      // Support for TDLS off channel
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_EPR (uint64_t)0x4000                  // Enhanced power reporting
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_AP_STA (uint64_t)0x8000               // Support for AP STA Concurrency
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_LINK_LAYER_STATS (uint64_t)0x10000    // Link layer stats collection
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_LOGGER (uint64_t)0x20000              // WiFi Logger
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_HAL_EPNO (uint64_t)0x40000            // WiFi PNO enhanced
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_RSSI_MONITOR (uint64_t)0x80000        // RSSI Monitor
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_MKEEP_ALIVE (uint64_t)0x100000        // WiFi mkeep_alive
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_CONFIG_NDO (uint64_t)0x200000         // ND offload configure
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_TX_TRANSMIT_POWER (uint64_t)0x400000  // Capture Tx transmit power levels
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_CONTROL_ROAMING (uint64_t)0x800000    // Enable/Disable firmware roaming
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_IE_WHITELIST (uint64_t)0x1000000      // Support Probe IE white listing
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_SCAN_RAND \
+    (uint64_t)0x2000000  // Support MAC & Probe Sequence Number randomization
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_SET_TX_POWER_LIMIT (uint64_t)0x4000000  // Support Tx Power Limit setting
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_USE_BODY_HEAD_SAR \
+    (uint64_t)0x8000000  // Support Using Body/Head Proximity for SAR
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SET_MAC \
+    (uint64_t)0x10000000  // Support changing MAC address without iface reset(down and up)
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_SET_LATENCY_MODE (uint64_t)0x40000000  // Support Latency mode setting
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_P2P_RAND_MAC (uint64_t)0x80000000      // Support P2P MAC randomization
+#define WIFI_FEATURE_INFRA_60G (uint64_t)0x100000000        // Support for 60GHz Band
+// Add more features here
+
+#define IS_MASK_SET(mask, flags) (((flags) & (mask)) == (mask))
+
+#define IS_SUPPORTED_FEATURE(feature, featureSet) IS_MASK_SET(feature, featureSet)
+
+/* Feature set */
+wifi_error wifi_get_supported_feature_set(wifi_interface_handle handle, feature_set* set);
+
+/*
+ * Each row represents a valid feature combination;
+ * all other combinations are invalid!
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_concurrency_matrix(wifi_interface_handle handle, int set_size_max,
+                                       feature_set set[], int* set_size);
+
+/* multiple interface support */
+
+wifi_error wifi_get_ifaces(wifi_handle handle, int* num_ifaces, wifi_interface_handle** ifaces);
+wifi_error wifi_get_iface_name(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* name, size_t size);
+wifi_interface_handle wifi_get_iface_handle(wifi_handle handle, char* name);
+
+/* STA + STA support - Supported if WIFI_FEATURE_ADDITIONAL_STA is set */
+
+/**
+ * Invoked to indicate that the provided iface is the primary STA iface when there are more
+ * than 1 STA iface concurrently active.
+ *
+ * Note: If the wifi firmware/chip cannot support multiple instances of any offload
+ * (like roaming, APF, rssi threshold, etc), the firmware should ensure that these
+ * offloads are at least enabled for the primary interface. If the new primary interface is
+ * already connected to a network, the firmware must switch all the offloads on
+ * this new interface without disconnecting.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_multi_sta_set_primary_connection(wifi_handle handle, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/**
+ * When there are 2 or more simultaneous STA connections, this use case hint indicates what
+ * use-case is being enabled by the framework. This use case hint can be used by the firmware
+ * to modify various firmware configurations like:
+ *  - Allowed BSSIDs the firmware can choose for the initial connection/roaming attempts.
+ *  - Duty cycle to choose for the 2 STA connections if the radio is in MCC mode.
+ *  - Whether roaming, APF and other offloads needs to be enabled or not.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *  - This will be invoked before an active wifi connection is established on the second interface.
+ *  - This use-case hint is implicitly void when the second STA interface is brought down.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    /**
+     * Usage:
+     * - This will be sent down for make before break use-case.
+     * - Platform is trying to speculatively connect to a second network and evaluate it without
+     *   disrupting the primary connection.
+     *
+     * Requirements for Firmware:
+     * - Do not reduce the number of tx/rx chains of primary connection.
+     * - If using MCC, should set the MCC duty cycle of the primary connection to be higher than
+     *   the secondary connection (maybe 70/30 split).
+     * - Should pick the best BSSID for the secondary STA (disregard the chip mode) independent of
+     *   the primary STA:
+     *     - Don’t optimize for DBS vs MCC/SCC
+     * - Should not impact the primary connection’s bssid selection:
+     *     - Don’t downgrade chains of the existing primary connection.
+     *     - Don’t optimize for DBS vs MCC/SCC.
+     */
+    WIFI_DUAL_STA_TRANSIENT_PREFER_PRIMARY = 0,
+    /**
+     * Usage:
+     * - This will be sent down for any app requested peer to peer connections.
+     * - In this case, both the connections needs to be allocated equal resources.
+     * - For the peer to peer use case, BSSID for the secondary connection will be chosen by the
+     *   framework.
+     *
+     * Requirements for Firmware:
+     * - Can choose MCC or DBS mode depending on the MCC efficiency and HW capability.
+     * - If using MCC, set the MCC duty cycle of the primary connection to be equal to the secondary
+     *   connection.
+     * - Prefer BSSID candidates which will help provide the best "overall" performance for both the
+     *   connections.
+     */
+    WIFI_DUAL_STA_NON_TRANSIENT_UNBIASED = 1
+} wifi_multi_sta_use_case;
+
+wifi_error wifi_multi_sta_set_use_case(wifi_handle handle, wifi_multi_sta_use_case use_case);
+
+/* Configuration events */
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_country_code_changed)(char code[2]);  // We can get this from supplicant too
+
+    // More event handlers
+} wifi_event_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    char iface_name[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+    wifi_channel channel;
+} wifi_iface_info;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u32 wlan_mac_id;
+    /* BIT MASK of BIT(WLAN_MAC*) as represented by wlan_mac_band */
+    u32 mac_band;
+    /* Represents the connected Wi-Fi interfaces associated with each MAC */
+    int num_iface;
+    wifi_iface_info* iface_info;
+} wifi_mac_info;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_radio_mode_change)(wifi_request_id id, unsigned num_mac, wifi_mac_info* mac_info);
+} wifi_radio_mode_change_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_rssi_threshold_breached)(wifi_request_id id, u8* cur_bssid, s8 cur_rssi);
+} wifi_rssi_event_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_subsystem_restart)(const char* error);
+} wifi_subsystem_restart_handler;
+
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_chre_nan_rtt_change)(chre_nan_rtt_state state);
+} wifi_chre_handler;
+
+wifi_error wifi_set_iface_event_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                        wifi_event_handler eh);
+wifi_error wifi_reset_iface_event_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+wifi_error wifi_set_nodfs_flag(wifi_interface_handle handle, u32 nodfs);
+wifi_error wifi_select_tx_power_scenario(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                         wifi_power_scenario scenario);
+wifi_error wifi_reset_tx_power_scenario(wifi_interface_handle handle);
+wifi_error wifi_set_latency_mode(wifi_interface_handle handle, wifi_latency_mode mode);
+wifi_error wifi_map_dscp_access_category(wifi_handle handle, uint32_t start, uint32_t end,
+                                         uint32_t access_category);
+wifi_error wifi_reset_dscp_mapping(wifi_handle handle);
+
+wifi_error wifi_set_subsystem_restart_handler(wifi_handle handle,
+                                              wifi_subsystem_restart_handler handler);
+
+/**
+ *  Wifi HAL Thermal Mitigation API
+ *
+ *  wifi_handle : wifi global handle (note: this is not a interface specific
+ *  command). Mitigation is expected to be applied across all active interfaces
+ *  The implementation and the mitigation action mapping to each mode is chip
+ *  specific. Mitigation will be active until Wifi is turned off or
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_NONE mode is sent
+ *
+ *  mode: Thermal mitigation mode
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_NONE     : Clear all Wifi thermal mitigation actions
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_LIGHT    : Light Throttling where UX is not impacted
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_MODERATE : Moderate throttling where UX not largely impacted
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_SEVERE   : Severe throttling where UX is largely impacted
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_CRITICAL : Platform has done everything to reduce power
+ *  WIFI_MITIGATION_EMERGENCY: Key components in platform are shutting down
+ *
+ *  completion_window
+ *  Deadline (in milliseconds) to complete this request, value 0 implies apply
+ *  immediately. Deadline is basically a relaxed limit and allows vendors to
+ *  apply the mitigation within the window (if it cannot apply immediately)
+ *
+ *  Return
+ *  WIFI_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED : Chip does not support thermal mitigation
+ *  WIFI_ERROR_BUSY          : Mitigation is supported, but retry later
+ *  WIFI_ERROR_NONE          : Mitigation request has been accepted
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_set_thermal_mitigation_mode(wifi_handle handle, wifi_thermal_mode mode,
+                                            u32 completion_window);
+
+typedef struct rx_data_cnt_details_t {
+    int rx_unicast_cnt;   /*Total rx unicast packet which woke up host */
+    int rx_multicast_cnt; /*Total rx multicast packet which woke up host */
+    int rx_broadcast_cnt; /*Total rx broadcast packet which woke up host */
+} RX_DATA_WAKE_CNT_DETAILS;
+
+typedef struct rx_wake_pkt_type_classification_t {
+    int icmp_pkt;  /*wake icmp packet count */
+    int icmp6_pkt; /*wake icmp6 packet count */
+    int icmp6_ra;  /*wake icmp6 RA packet count */
+    int icmp6_na;  /*wake icmp6 NA packet count */
+    int icmp6_ns;  /*wake icmp6 NS packet count */
+    // ToDo: Any more interesting classification to add?
+} RX_WAKE_PKT_TYPE_CLASSFICATION;
+
+typedef struct rx_multicast_cnt_t {
+    int ipv4_rx_multicast_addr_cnt;  /*Rx wake packet was ipv4 multicast */
+    int ipv6_rx_multicast_addr_cnt;  /*Rx wake packet was ipv6 multicast */
+    int other_rx_multicast_addr_cnt; /*Rx wake packet was non-ipv4 and non-ipv6*/
+} RX_MULTICAST_WAKE_DATA_CNT;
+
+/*
+ * Structure holding all the driver/firmware wake count reasons.
+ *
+ * Buffers for the array fields (cmd_event_wake_cnt/driver_fw_local_wake_cnt)
+ * are allocated and freed by the framework. The size of each allocated
+ * array is indicated by the corresponding |_cnt| field. HAL needs to fill in
+ * the corresponding |_used| field to indicate the number of elements used in
+ * the array.
+ */
+typedef struct wlan_driver_wake_reason_cnt_t {
+    int total_cmd_event_wake;    /* Total count of cmd event wakes */
+    int* cmd_event_wake_cnt;     /* Individual wake count array, each index a reason */
+    int cmd_event_wake_cnt_sz;   /* Max number of cmd event wake reasons */
+    int cmd_event_wake_cnt_used; /* Number of cmd event wake reasons specific to the driver */
+
+    int total_driver_fw_local_wake;    /* Total count of drive/fw wakes, for local reasons */
+    int* driver_fw_local_wake_cnt;     /* Individual wake count array, each index a reason */
+    int driver_fw_local_wake_cnt_sz;   /* Max number of local driver/fw wake reasons */
+    int driver_fw_local_wake_cnt_used; /* Number of local driver/fw wake reasons specific to the
+                                          driver */
+
+    int total_rx_data_wake; /* total data rx packets, that woke up host */
+    RX_DATA_WAKE_CNT_DETAILS rx_wake_details;
+    RX_WAKE_PKT_TYPE_CLASSFICATION rx_wake_pkt_classification_info;
+    RX_MULTICAST_WAKE_DATA_CNT rx_multicast_wake_pkt_info;
+} WLAN_DRIVER_WAKE_REASON_CNT;
+
+/* Wi-Fi coex channel avoidance support */
+
+#define WIFI_COEX_NO_POWER_CAP (int32_t)0x7FFFFFF
+
+typedef enum { WIFI_AWARE = 1 << 0, SOFTAP = 1 << 1, WIFI_DIRECT = 1 << 2 } wifi_coex_restriction;
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a Wi-Fi channel to be avoided for Wi-Fi coex channel avoidance.
+ *
+ * band is represented as an WLAN_MAC* enum value defined in wlan_mac_band.
+ * If power_cap_dbm is WIFI_COEX_NO_POWER_CAP, then no power cap should be applied if the specified
+ * channel is used.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    wlan_mac_band band;
+    u32 channel;
+    s32 power_cap_dbm;
+} wifi_coex_unsafe_channel;
+
+/* include various feature headers */
+
+#include "gscan.h"
+#include "link_layer_stats.h"
+#include "roam.h"
+#include "rtt.h"
+#include "tdls.h"
+#include "wifi_cached_scan_results.h"
+#include "wifi_config.h"
+#include "wifi_logger.h"
+#include "wifi_nan.h"
+#include "wifi_offload.h"
+#include "wifi_twt.h"
+
+// wifi HAL function pointer table
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_error (*wifi_initialize)(wifi_handle*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_wait_for_driver_ready)(void);
+    void (*wifi_cleanup)(wifi_handle, wifi_cleaned_up_handler);
+    void (*wifi_event_loop)(wifi_handle);
+    void (*wifi_get_error_info)(wifi_error, const char**);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_supported_feature_set)(wifi_interface_handle, feature_set*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_concurrency_matrix)(wifi_interface_handle, int, feature_set*, int*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_scanning_mac_oui)(wifi_interface_handle, unsigned char*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_supported_channels)(wifi_handle, int*, wifi_channel*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_is_epr_supported)(wifi_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_ifaces)(wifi_handle, int*, wifi_interface_handle**);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_iface_name)(wifi_interface_handle, char* name, size_t);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_iface_event_handler)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle,
+                                               wifi_event_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_iface_event_handler)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_start_gscan)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle, wifi_scan_cmd_params,
+                                   wifi_scan_result_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_stop_gscan)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_cached_gscan_results)(wifi_interface_handle, byte, int,
+                                                wifi_cached_scan_results*, int*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_bssid_hotlist)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle,
+                                         wifi_bssid_hotlist_params, wifi_hotlist_ap_found_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_bssid_hotlist)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_significant_change_handler)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle,
+                                                      wifi_significant_change_params,
+                                                      wifi_significant_change_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_significant_change_handler)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_gscan_capabilities)(wifi_interface_handle, wifi_gscan_capabilities*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_link_stats)(wifi_interface_handle, wifi_link_layer_params);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_link_stats)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle,
+                                      wifi_stats_result_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_clear_link_stats)(wifi_interface_handle, u32, u32*, u8, u8*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_valid_channels)(wifi_interface_handle, int, int, wifi_channel*, int*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_rtt_range_request)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle, unsigned,
+                                         wifi_rtt_config[], wifi_rtt_event_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_rtt_range_cancel)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle, unsigned,
+                                        mac_addr[]);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_rtt_capabilities)(wifi_interface_handle, wifi_rtt_capabilities*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_rtt_get_responder_info)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                              wifi_rtt_responder* responder_info);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_enable_responder)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                        wifi_channel_info channel_hint,
+                                        unsigned max_duration_seconds,
+                                        wifi_rtt_responder* responder_info);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_disable_responder)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_nodfs_flag)(wifi_interface_handle, u32);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_start_logging)(wifi_interface_handle, u32, u32, u32, u32, char*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_epno_list)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle,
+                                     const wifi_epno_params*, wifi_epno_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_epno_list)(wifi_request_id, wifi_interface_handle);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_country_code)(wifi_interface_handle, const char*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_firmware_memory_dump)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                wifi_firmware_memory_dump_handler handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_log_handler)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                       wifi_ring_buffer_data_handler handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_log_handler)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_alert_handler)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                         wifi_alert_handler handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_alert_handler)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_firmware_version)(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* buffer,
+                                            int buffer_size);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_ring_buffers_status)(wifi_interface_handle iface, u32* num_rings,
+                                               wifi_ring_buffer_status* status);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_logger_supported_feature_set)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                        unsigned int* support);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_ring_data)(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* ring_name);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_enable_tdls)(wifi_interface_handle, mac_addr, wifi_tdls_params*,
+                                   wifi_tdls_handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_disable_tdls)(wifi_interface_handle, mac_addr);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_tdls_status)(wifi_interface_handle, mac_addr, wifi_tdls_status*);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_tdls_capabilities)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                             wifi_tdls_capabilities* capabilities);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_driver_version)(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* buffer,
+                                          int buffer_size);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_passpoint_list)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, int num,
+                                          wifi_passpoint_network* networks,
+                                          wifi_passpoint_event_handler handler);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_passpoint_list)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_lci)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                               wifi_lci_information* lci);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_lcr)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                               wifi_lcr_information* lcr);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_start_sending_offloaded_packet)(wifi_request_id id,
+                                                      wifi_interface_handle iface, u16 ether_type,
+                                                      u8* ip_packet, u16 ip_packet_len,
+                                                      u8* src_mac_addr, u8* dst_mac_addr,
+                                                      u32 period_msec);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_stop_sending_offloaded_packet)(wifi_request_id id,
+                                                     wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_start_rssi_monitoring)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                             s8 max_rssi, s8 min_rssi, wifi_rssi_event_handler eh);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_stop_rssi_monitoring)(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_wake_reason_stats)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                             WLAN_DRIVER_WAKE_REASON_CNT* wifi_wake_reason_cnt);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_configure_nd_offload)(wifi_interface_handle iface, u8 enable);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_driver_memory_dump)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                              wifi_driver_memory_dump_callbacks callbacks);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_start_pkt_fate_monitoring)(wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_tx_pkt_fates)(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                        wifi_tx_report* tx_report_bufs, size_t n_requested_fates,
+                                        size_t* n_provided_fates);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_rx_pkt_fates)(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                        wifi_rx_report* rx_report_bufs, size_t n_requested_fates,
+                                        size_t* n_provided_fates);
+
+    /* NAN functions */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_enable_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                          NanEnableRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_disable_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_publish_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                           NanPublishRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_publish_cancel_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                  NanPublishCancelRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_subscribe_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                             NanSubscribeRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_subscribe_cancel_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                    NanSubscribeCancelRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_transmit_followup_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                     NanTransmitFollowupRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_stats_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                         NanStatsRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_config_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                          NanConfigRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_tca_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                       NanTCARequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_beacon_sdf_payload_request)(transaction_id id,
+                                                      wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                      NanBeaconSdfPayloadRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_register_handler)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                            NanCallbackHandler handlers);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_get_version)(wifi_handle handle, NanVersion* version);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_get_capabilities)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_data_interface_create)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                 char* iface_name);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_data_interface_delete)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                 char* iface_name);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_data_request_initiator)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                  NanDataPathInitiatorRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_data_indication_response)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                    NanDataPathIndicationResponse* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_data_end)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                    NanDataPathEndRequest* msg);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_select_tx_power_scenario)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                wifi_power_scenario scenario);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_tx_power_scenario)(wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the chipset's hardware filtering capabilities:
+     * @param version pointer to version of the packet filter interpreter
+     *                supported, filled in upon return. 0 indicates no support.
+     * @param max_len pointer to maximum size of the filter bytecode, filled in
+     *                upon return.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_packet_filter_capabilities)(wifi_interface_handle handle, u32* version,
+                                                      u32* max_len);
+    /**
+     * Programs the packet filter.
+     * @param program pointer to the program byte-code.
+     * @param len length of the program byte-code.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_packet_filter)(wifi_interface_handle handle, const u8* program, u32 len);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_read_packet_filter)(wifi_interface_handle handle, u32 src_offset,
+                                          u8* host_dst, u32 length);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_roaming_capabilities)(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                                wifi_roaming_capabilities* caps);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_enable_firmware_roaming)(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                               fw_roaming_state_t state);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_configure_roaming)(wifi_interface_handle handle,
+                                         wifi_roaming_config* roaming_config);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_radio_mode_change_handler)(wifi_request_id id,
+                                                     wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                     wifi_radio_mode_change_handler eh);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_latency_mode)(wifi_interface_handle iface, wifi_latency_mode mode);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_thermal_mitigation_mode)(wifi_handle handle, wifi_thermal_mode mode,
+                                                   u32 completion_window);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_map_dscp_access_category)(wifi_handle handle, u32 start, u32 end,
+                                                u32 access_category);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_reset_dscp_mapping)(wifi_handle handle);
+
+    wifi_error (*wifi_virtual_interface_create)(wifi_handle handle, const char* ifname,
+                                                wifi_interface_type iface_type);
+    wifi_error (*wifi_virtual_interface_delete)(wifi_handle handle, const char* ifname);
+
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_subsystem_restart_handler)(wifi_handle handle,
+                                                     wifi_subsystem_restart_handler handler);
+
+    /**
+     * Allow vendor HAL to choose interface name when creating
+     * an interface. This can be implemented by chips with their
+     * own interface naming policy.
+     * If not implemented, the default naming will be used.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_supported_iface_name)(wifi_handle handle, u32 iface_type, char* name,
+                                                size_t len);
+
+    /**
+     * Perform early initialization steps that are needed when WIFI
+     * is disabled.
+     * If the function returns failure, it means the vendor HAL is unusable
+     * (for example, if chip hardware is not installed) and no further
+     * functions should be called.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_early_initialize)(void);
+
+    /**
+     * Get supported feature set which are chip-global, that is
+     * not dependent on any created interface.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_chip_feature_set)(wifi_handle handle, feature_set* set);
+
+    /**
+     * Invoked to indicate that the provided iface is the primary STA iface when there are more
+     * than 1 STA iface concurrently active.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_multi_sta_set_primary_connection)(wifi_handle handle,
+                                                        wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+    /**
+     * When there are 2 simultaneous STA connections, this use case hint
+     * indicates what STA + STA use-case is being enabled by the framework.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_multi_sta_set_use_case)(wifi_handle handle, wifi_multi_sta_use_case use_case);
+
+    /**
+     * Invoked to indicate that the following list of wifi_coex_unsafe_channel should be avoided
+     * with the specified restrictions.
+     * @param unsafeChannels list of current |wifi_coex_unsafe_channel| to avoid.
+     * @param restrictions bitmask of |wifi_coex_restriction| indicating wifi interfaces to
+     *         restrict from the current unsafe channels.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_coex_unsafe_channels)(wifi_handle handle, u32 num_channels,
+                                                wifi_coex_unsafe_channel* unsafeChannels,
+                                                u32 restrictions);
+
+    /**
+     * Invoked to set voip optimization mode for the provided STA iface
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_voip_mode)(wifi_interface_handle iface, wifi_voip_mode mode);
+
+    /**@brief twt_register_handler
+     *        Request to register TWT callback before sending any TWT request
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param TwtCallbackHandler: callback function pointers
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_register_handler)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                            TwtCallbackHandler handler);
+
+    /**@brief twt_get_capability
+     *        Request TWT capability
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error and TwtCapabilitySet
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_get_capability)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                          TwtCapabilitySet* twt_cap_set);
+
+    /**@brief twt_setup_request
+     *        Request to send TWT setup frame
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param TwtSetupRequest: detailed parameters of setup request
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     * @return Asynchronous EventTwtSetupResponse CB return TwtSetupResponse
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_setup_request)(wifi_interface_handle iface, TwtSetupRequest* msg);
+
+    /**@brief twt_teardown_request
+     *        Request to send TWT teardown frame
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param TwtTeardownRequest: detailed parameters of teardown request
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     * @return Asynchronous EventTwtTeardownCompletion CB return TwtTeardownCompletion
+     * TwtTeardownCompletion may also be received due to other events
+     * like CSA, BTCX, TWT scheduler, MultiConnection, peer-initiated teardown, etc.
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_teardown_request)(wifi_interface_handle iface, TwtTeardownRequest* msg);
+
+    /**@brief twt_info_frame_request
+     *        Request to send TWT info frame
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param TwtInfoFrameRequest: detailed parameters in info frame
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     * @return Asynchronous EventTwtInfoFrameReceived CB return TwtInfoFrameReceived
+     * Driver may also receive Peer-initiated TwtInfoFrame
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_info_frame_request)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                              TwtInfoFrameRequest* msg);
+
+    /**@brief twt_get_stats
+     *        Request to get TWT stats
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param config_id: configuration ID of TWT request
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error and TwtStats
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_get_stats)(wifi_interface_handle iface, u8 config_id, TwtStats* stats);
+
+    /**@brief twt_clear_stats
+     *        Request to clear TWT stats
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param config_id: configuration ID of TWT request
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_twt_clear_stats)(wifi_interface_handle iface, u8 config_id);
+
+    /**
+     * Invoked to set DTIM configuration when the host is in the suspend mode
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+     * @param multiplier: when STA in the power saving mode, the wake up interval will be set to
+     *              1) multiplier * DTIM period if multiplier > 0.
+     *              2) the device default value if multiplier <=0
+     * Some implementations may apply an additional cap to wake up interval in the case of 1).
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_dtim_config)(wifi_interface_handle handle, u32 multiplier);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_get_usable_channels
+     *        Request list of usable channels for the requested bands and modes. Usable
+     *        implies channel is allowed as per regulatory for the current country code
+     *        and not restricted due to other hard limitations (e.g. DFS, Coex) In
+     *        certain modes (e.g. STA+SAP) there could be other hard restrictions
+     *        since MCC operation many not be supported by SAP. This API also allows
+     *        driver to return list of usable channels for each mode uniquely to
+     *        distinguish cases where only a limited set of modes are allowed on
+     *        a given channel e.g. srd channels may be supported for P2P but not
+     *        for SAP or P2P-Client may be allowed on an indoor channel but P2P-GO
+     *        may not be allowed. This API is not interface specific and will be
+     *        used to query capabilities of driver in terms of what modes (STA, SAP,
+     *        P2P_CLI, P2P_GO, NAN, TDLS) can be supported on each of the channels.
+     * @param handle global wifi_handle
+     * @param band_mask BIT MASK of WLAN_MAC* as represented by |wlan_mac_band|
+     * @param iface_mode_mask BIT MASK of BIT(WIFI_INTERFACE_*) represented by
+     *        |wifi_interface_mode|. Bitmask respresents all the modes that the
+     *        caller is interested in (e.g. STA, SAP, WFD-CLI, WFD-GO, TDLS, NAN).
+     *        Note: Bitmask does not represent concurrency matrix. If the caller
+     *        is interested in CLI, GO modes, the iface_mode_mask would be set
+     *        to WIFI_INTERFACE_P2P_CLIENT|WIFI_INTERFACE_P2P_GO.
+     * @param filter_mask BIT MASK of WIFI_USABLE_CHANNEL_FILTER_* represented by
+     *        |wifi_usable_channel_filter|. Indicates if the channel list should
+     *        be filtered based on additional criteria. If filter_mask is not
+     *        specified, driver should return list of usable channels purely
+     *        based on regulatory constraints.
+     * @param max_size maximum number of |wifi_usable_channel|
+     * @param size actual number of |wifi_usable_channel| entries returned by driver
+     * @param channels list of usable channels represented by |wifi_usable_channel|
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_usable_channels)(wifi_handle handle, u32 band_mask, u32 iface_mode_mask,
+                                           u32 filter_mask, u32 max_size, u32* size,
+                                           wifi_usable_channel* channels);
+
+    /**
+     * Trigger wifi subsystem restart to reload firmware
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_trigger_subsystem_restart)(wifi_handle handle);
+
+    /**
+     * Invoked to set that the device is operating in an indoor environment.
+     * @param handle global wifi_handle
+     * @param isIndoor: true if the device is operating in an indoor
+     *        environment, false otherwise.
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_set_indoor_state)(wifi_handle handle, bool isIndoor);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_get_supported_radio_combinations_matrix
+     *        Request all the possible radio combinations this device can offer.
+     * @param handle global wifi_handle
+     * @param max_size maximum size allocated for filling the wifi_radio_combination_matrix
+     * @param wifi_radio_combination_matrix to return all the possible radio
+     *        combinations.
+     * @param size actual size of wifi_radio_combination_matrix returned from
+     *        lower layer
+     *
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_supported_radio_combinations_matrix)(
+            wifi_handle handle, u32 max_size, u32* size,
+            wifi_radio_combination_matrix* radio_combination_matrix);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_nan_rtt_chre_enable_request
+     *        Request to enable CHRE NAN RTT
+     * @param transaction_id: NAN transaction id
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle
+     * @param NanEnableRequest request message
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_rtt_chre_enable_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                   NanEnableRequest* msg);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_nan_rtt_chre_disable_request
+     *        Request to disable CHRE NAN RTT
+     * @param transaction_id: NAN transaction id
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_nan_rtt_chre_disable_request)(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_chre_register_handler
+     *        register a handler to get the state of CHR
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle
+     * @param wifi_chre_handler: callback function pointer
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_chre_register_handler)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                             wifi_chre_handler handler);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_enable_tx_power_limits
+     *        Enable WiFi Tx power limis
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle
+     * @param isEnable : If enable TX limit or not
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_enable_tx_power_limits)(wifi_interface_handle iface, bool isEnable);
+
+    /**@brief wifi_get_cached_scan_results
+     *        Retrieve scan results cached in wifi firmware
+     * @param wifi_interface_handle
+     * @param wifi_cached_scan_result_handler : callback function pointer
+     * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+     */
+    wifi_error (*wifi_get_cached_scan_results)(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                               wifi_cached_scan_result_handler handler);
+    /*
+     * when adding new functions make sure to add stubs in
+     * hal_tool.cpp::init_wifi_stub_hal_func_table
+     */
+} wifi_hal_fn;
+
+wifi_error init_wifi_vendor_hal_func_table(wifi_hal_fn* fn);
+typedef wifi_error (*init_wifi_vendor_hal_func_table_t)(wifi_hal_fn* fn);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_logger.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_logger.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76d6f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_logger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_LOGGER_H
+#define __WIFI_HAL_LOGGER_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define LOGGER_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+#define LOGGER_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define LOGGER_MICRO_VERSION 0
+
+/**
+ * WiFi logger life cycle is as follow:
+ *
+ * - At initialization time, framework will call wifi_get_ring_buffers_status
+ *   so as to obtain the names and list of supported buffers.
+ * - When WiFi operation start framework will call wifi_start_logging
+ *   so as to trigger log collection.
+ * - Developper UI will provide an option to the user, so as it can set the verbose level
+ *   of individual buffer as reported by wifi_get_ring_buffers_status.
+ * - During wifi operations, driver will periodically report per ring data to framework
+ *   by invoking the on_ring_buffer_data call back.
+ * - when capturing a bug report, framework will indicate to driver that all the data
+ *   has to be uploaded, urgently, by calling wifi_get_ring_data.
+ *
+ * The data uploaded by driver will be stored by framework in separate files, with one stream
+ *   of file per ring.
+ * Framework will store the files in pcapng format, allowing for easy merging and parsing
+ *   with network analyzer tools.
+ */
+
+typedef int wifi_ring_buffer_id;
+
+#define PER_PACKET_ENTRY_FLAGS_DIRECTION_TX 1  // 0: TX, 1: RX
+#define PER_PACKET_ENTRY_FLAGS_TX_SUCCESS \
+    2                                          // whether packet was transmitted or
+                                               // received/decrypted successfully
+#define PER_PACKET_ENTRY_FLAGS_80211_HEADER 4  // has full 802.11 header, else has 802.3 header
+#define PER_PACKET_ENTRY_FLAGS_PROTECTED 8     // whether packet was encrypted
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 flags;
+    u8 tid;                            // transmit or received tid
+    u16 MCS;                           // modulation and bandwidth
+    u8 rssi;                           // TX: RSSI of ACK for that packet
+                                       // RX: RSSI of packet
+    u8 num_retries;                    // number of attempted retries
+    u16 last_transmit_rate;            // last transmit rate in .5 mbps
+    u16 link_layer_transmit_sequence;  // transmit/reeive sequence for that MPDU packet
+    u64 firmware_entry_timestamp;      // TX: firmware timestamp (us) when packet is queued within
+                                       // firmware buffer for SDIO/HSIC or into PCIe buffer
+                                       // RX: firmware receive timestamp
+    u64 start_contention_timestamp;  // firmware timestamp (us) when packet start contending for the
+                                     // medium for the first time, at head of its AC queue,
+                                     // or as part of an MPDU or A-MPDU. This timestamp is
+                                     // not updated for each retry, only the first transmit attempt.
+    u64 transmit_success_timestamp;  // fimrware timestamp (us) when packet is successfully
+                                     // transmitted or aborted because it has exhausted
+                                     // its maximum number of retries.
+    u8 data[0];  // packet data. The length of packet data is determined by the entry_size field of
+                 // the wifi_ring_buffer_entry structure. It is expected that first bytes of the
+                 // packet, or packet headers only (up to TCP or RTP/UDP headers)
+                 // will be copied into the ring
+} __attribute__((packed)) wifi_ring_per_packet_status_entry;
+
+/* Below events refer to the wifi_connectivity_event ring and shall be supported */
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ASSOCIATION_REQUESTED 0  // driver receives association command from kernel
+#define WIFI_EVENT_AUTH_COMPLETE 1
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ASSOC_COMPLETE 2
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_AUTH_STARTED 3      // fw event indicating auth frames are sent
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_ASSOC_STARTED 4     // fw event indicating assoc frames are sent
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_RE_ASSOC_STARTED 5  // fw event indicating reassoc frames are sent
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_SCAN_REQUESTED 6
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_SCAN_RESULT_FOUND 7
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_SCAN_COMPLETE 8
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_STARTED 9
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_COMPLETE 10
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DISASSOCIATION_REQUESTED 11
+#define WIFI_EVENT_RE_ASSOCIATION_REQUESTED 12
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_REQUESTED 13
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BEACON_RECEIVED \
+    14                                    // received beacon from AP (event enabled
+                                          // only in verbose mode)
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_SCAN_STARTED 15   // firmware has triggered a roam scan (not g-scan)
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_SCAN_COMPLETE 16  // firmware has completed a roam scan (not g-scan)
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_SEARCH_STARTED \
+    17  // firmware has started searching for roam
+        // candidates (with reason =xx)
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_SEARCH_STOPPED \
+    18                                            // firmware has stopped searching for roam
+                                                  // candidates (with reason =xx)
+#define WIFI_EVENT_CHANNEL_SWITCH_ANOUNCEMENT 20  // received channel switch anouncement from AP
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_EAPOL_FRAME_TRANSMIT_START \
+    21  // fw start transmit eapol frame, with
+        // EAPOL index 1-4
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_EAPOL_FRAME_TRANSMIT_STOP \
+    22  // fw gives up eapol frame, with rate,
+        // success/failure and number retries
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_EAPOL_FRAME_TRANSMIT_REQUESTED \
+    23  // kernel queue EAPOL for transmission
+        // in driver with EAPOL index 1-4
+#define WIFI_EVENT_FW_EAPOL_FRAME_RECEIVED \
+    24  // with rate, regardless of the fact that
+        // EAPOL frame is accepted or rejected by fw
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_EAPOL_FRAME_RECEIVED \
+    26                                                // with rate, and eapol index, driver has
+                                                      // received EAPOL frame and will queue it up
+                                                      // to wpa_supplicant
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BLOCK_ACK_NEGOTIATION_COMPLETE 27  // with success/failure, parameters
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_SCO_START 28
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_SCO_STOP 29
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_SCAN_START \
+    30  // for paging/scan etc., when BT starts transmiting
+        // twice per BT slot
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_SCAN_STOP 31
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_HID_START 32
+#define WIFI_EVENT_BT_COEX_BT_HID_STOP 33
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_AUTH_STARTED 34   // fw sends auth frame in roaming to next candidate
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_AUTH_COMPLETE 35  // fw receive auth confirm from ap
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_ASSOC_STARTED \
+    36                                        // firmware sends assoc/reassoc frame in
+                                              // roaming to next candidate
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_ASSOC_COMPLETE 37     // firmware receive assoc/reassoc confirm from ap
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_STOP 38             // firmware sends stop G_SCAN
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_CYCLE_STARTED 39    // firmware indicates G_SCAN scan cycle started
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_CYCLE_COMPLETED 40  // firmware indicates G_SCAN scan cycle completed
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_BUCKET_STARTED \
+    41  // firmware indicates G_SCAN scan start
+        // for a particular bucket
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_BUCKET_COMPLETED \
+    42  // firmware indicates G_SCAN scan completed for
+        // for a particular bucket
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_RESULTS_AVAILABLE \
+    43  // Event received from firmware about G_SCAN scan
+        // results being available
+#define WIFI_EVENT_G_SCAN_CAPABILITIES \
+    44  // Event received from firmware with G_SCAN
+        // capabilities
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_CANDIDATE_FOUND \
+    45  // Event received from firmware when eligible
+        // candidate is found
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ROAM_SCAN_CONFIG \
+    46                                   // Event received from firmware when roam scan
+                                         // configuration gets enabled or disabled
+#define WIFI_EVENT_AUTH_TIMEOUT 47       // firmware/driver timed out authentication
+#define WIFI_EVENT_ASSOC_TIMEOUT 48      // firmware/driver timed out association
+#define WIFI_EVENT_MEM_ALLOC_FAILURE 49  // firmware/driver encountered allocation failure
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_ADD 50     // driver added a PNO network in firmware
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_REMOVE 51  // driver removed a PNO network in firmware
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_NETWORK_FOUND \
+    52                                           // driver received PNO networks
+                                                 // found indication from firmware
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_SCAN_REQUESTED 53  // driver triggered a scan for PNO networks
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_SCAN_RESULT_FOUND \
+    54  // driver received scan results
+        // of PNO networks
+#define WIFI_EVENT_DRIVER_PNO_SCAN_COMPLETE \
+    55  // driver updated scan results from
+        // PNO networks to cfg80211
+
+/**
+ * Parameters of wifi logger events are TLVs
+ * Event parameters tags are defined as:
+ */
+#define WIFI_TAG_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0  // take a byte stream as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_BSSID 1            // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_ADDR 2             // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_SSID 3             // takes a 32 bytes SSID address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_STATUS 4           // takes an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_CHANNEL_SPEC 5     // takes one or more wifi_channel_spec as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_WAKE_LOCK_EVENT 6  // takes a wake_lock_event struct as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_ADDR1 7            // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_ADDR2 8            // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_ADDR3 9            // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_ADDR4 10           // takes a 6 bytes MAC address as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_TSF 11             // take a 64 bits TSF value as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_IE \
+    12                                  // take one or more specific 802.11 IEs parameter,
+                                        // IEs are in turn indicated in TLV format as per
+                                        // 802.11 spec
+#define WIFI_TAG_INTERFACE 13           // take interface name as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_REASON_CODE 14         // take a reason code as per 802.11 as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_RATE_MBPS 15           // take a wifi rate in 0.5 mbps
+#define WIFI_TAG_REQUEST_ID 16          // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_BUCKET_ID 17           // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_GSCAN_PARAMS 18        // takes a wifi_scan_cmd_params struct as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_GSCAN_CAPABILITIES 19  // takes a wifi_gscan_capabilities struct as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_SCAN_ID 20             // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_RSSI 21                // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_CHANNEL 22             // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_LINK_ID 23             // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_LINK_ROLE 24           // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_LINK_STATE 25          // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_LINK_TYPE 26           // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_TSCO 27                // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_RSCO 28                // take an integer as parameter
+#define WIFI_TAG_EAPOL_MESSAGE_TYPE \
+    29  // take an integer as parameter
+        // M1-1, M2-2, M3-3, M4-4
+
+typedef struct {
+    u16 tag;
+    u16 length;  // length of value
+    u8 value[0];
+} __attribute__((packed)) tlv_log;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u16 event;
+    tlv_log tlvs[0];  // separate parameter structure per event to be provided and optional data
+                      // the event_data is expected to include an official android part, with some
+                      // parameter as transmit rate, num retries, num scan result found etc...
+                      // as well, event_data can include a vendor proprietary part which is
+                      // understood by the developer only.
+} __attribute__((packed)) wifi_ring_buffer_driver_connectivity_event;
+
+/**
+ * Ring buffer name for power events ring. note that power event are extremely frequents
+ * and thus should be stored in their own ring/file so as not to clobber connectivity events.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    int status;    // 0 taken, 1 released
+    int reason;    // reason why this wake lock is taken
+    char name[0];  // null terminated
+} __attribute__((packed)) wake_lock_event;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u16 event;
+    tlv_log tlvs[0];
+} __attribute__((packed)) wifi_power_event;
+
+/**
+ * This structure represent a logger entry within a ring buffer.
+ * Wifi driver are responsible to manage the ring buffer and write the debug
+ * information into those rings.
+ *
+ * In general, the debug entries can be used to store meaningful 802.11 information (SME, MLME,
+ * connection and packet statistics) as well as vendor proprietary data that is specific to a
+ * specific driver or chipset.
+ * Binary entries can be used so as to store packet data or vendor specific information and
+ * will be treated as blobs of data by android.
+ *
+ * A user land process will be started by framework so as to periodically retrieve the
+ * data logged by drivers into their ring buffer, store the data into log files and include
+ * the logs into android bugreports.
+ */
+enum {
+    RING_BUFFER_ENTRY_FLAGS_HAS_BINARY = (1 << (0)),    // set for binary entries
+    RING_BUFFER_ENTRY_FLAGS_HAS_TIMESTAMP = (1 << (1))  // set if 64 bits timestamp is present
+};
+
+enum {
+    ENTRY_TYPE_CONNECT_EVENT = 1,
+    ENTRY_TYPE_PKT,
+    ENTRY_TYPE_WAKE_LOCK,
+    ENTRY_TYPE_POWER_EVENT,
+    ENTRY_TYPE_DATA
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+    u16 entry_size;  // the size of payload excluding the header.
+    u8 flags;
+    u8 type;        // entry type
+    u64 timestamp;  // present if has_timestamp bit is set.
+} __attribute__((packed)) wifi_ring_buffer_entry;
+
+#define WIFI_RING_BUFFER_FLAG_HAS_BINARY_ENTRIES 0x00000001  // set if binary entries are present
+#define WIFI_RING_BUFFER_FLAG_HAS_ASCII_ENTRIES 0x00000002   // set if ascii entries are present
+
+/* ring buffer params */
+/**
+ * written_bytes and read_bytes implement a producer consumer API
+ *     hence written_bytes >= read_bytes
+ * a modulo arithmetic of the buffer size has to be applied to those counters:
+ * actual offset into ring buffer = written_bytes % ring_buffer_byte_size
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    u8 name[32];
+    u32 flags;
+    wifi_ring_buffer_id ring_id;  // unique integer representing the ring
+    u32 ring_buffer_byte_size;    // total memory size allocated for the buffer
+    u32 verbose_level;            // verbose level for ring buffer
+    u32 written_bytes;            // number of bytes that was written to the buffer by driver,
+                                  // monotonously increasing integer
+    u32 read_bytes;               // number of bytes that was read from the buffer by user land,
+                                  // monotonously increasing integer
+    u32 written_records;          // number of records that was written to the buffer by driver,
+                                  // monotonously increasing integer
+} wifi_ring_buffer_status;
+
+/**
+ * Callback for reporting ring data
+ *
+ * The ring buffer data collection is event based:
+ *   - Driver calls on_ring_buffer_data when new records are available, the wifi_ring_buffer_status
+ *     passed up to framework in the call back indicates to framework if more data is available in
+ *     the ring buffer. It is not expected that driver will necessarily always empty the ring
+ *     immediately as data is available, instead driver will report data every X seconds or if
+ *     N bytes are available.
+ *   - In the case where a bug report has to be captured, framework will require driver to upload
+ *     all data immediately. This is indicated to driver when framework calls wifi_get_ringdata.
+ *     When framework calls wifi_get_ring_data, driver will start sending all available data in the
+ *     indicated ring by repeatedly invoking the on_ring_buffer_data callback.
+ *
+ * The callback is called by log handler whenever ring data comes in driver.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_ring_buffer_data)(char* ring_name, char* buffer, int buffer_size,
+                                wifi_ring_buffer_status* status);
+} wifi_ring_buffer_data_handler;
+
+/**
+ * API to set the log handler for getting ring data
+ *  - Only a single instance of log handler can be instantiated for each ring buffer.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_set_log_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                wifi_ring_buffer_data_handler handler);
+
+/* API to reset the log handler */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_log_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/**
+ * Callback for reporting FW dump
+ *
+ * The buffer data collection is event based such as FW health check or FW dump.
+ * The callback is called by alert handler.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_alert)(wifi_request_id id, char* buffer, int buffer_size, int err_code);
+} wifi_alert_handler;
+
+/*
+ * API to set the alert handler for the alert case in Wi-Fi Chip
+ *  - Only a single instance of alert handler can be instantiated.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_set_alert_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                  wifi_alert_handler handler);
+
+/* API to reset the alert handler */
+wifi_error wifi_reset_alert_handler(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/* API for framework to indicate driver has to upload and drain all data of a given ring */
+wifi_error wifi_get_ring_data(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* ring_name);
+
+/**
+ * API to trigger the debug collection.
+ *  Unless his API is invoked - logging is not triggered.
+ *  - Verbose_level 0 corresponds to no collection,
+ *    and it makes log handler stop by no more events from driver.
+ *  - Verbose_level 1 correspond to normal log level, with minimal user impact.
+ *    This is the default value.
+ *  - Verbose_level 2 are enabled when user is lazily trying to reproduce a problem,
+ *    wifi performances and power can be impacted but device should not otherwise be
+ *    significantly impacted.
+ *  - Verbose_level 3+ are used when trying to actively debug a problem.
+ *
+ * ring_name represent the name of the ring for which data collection shall start.
+ *
+ * flags: TBD parameter used to enable/disable specific events on a ring
+ * max_interval: maximum interval in seconds for driver to invoke on_ring_buffer_data,
+ *               ignore if zero
+ * min_data_size: minimum data size in buffer for driver to invoke on_ring_buffer_data,
+ *                ignore if zero
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_start_logging(wifi_interface_handle iface, u32 verbose_level, u32 flags,
+                              u32 max_interval_sec, u32 min_data_size, char* ring_name);
+
+/**
+ * API to get the status of all ring buffers supported by driver.
+ *  - Caller is responsible to allocate / free ring buffer status.
+ *  - Maximum no of ring buffer would be 10.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_ring_buffers_status(wifi_interface_handle iface, u32* num_rings,
+                                        wifi_ring_buffer_status* status);
+
+/**
+ * Synchronous memory dump by user request.
+ *  - Caller is responsible to store memory dump data into a local,
+ *      e.g., /data/misc/wifi/memdump.bin
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    void (*on_firmware_memory_dump)(char* buffer, int buffer_size);
+} wifi_firmware_memory_dump_handler;
+
+/**
+ * API to collect a firmware memory dump for a given iface by async memdump event.
+ *  - Triggered by Alerthandler, esp. when FW problem or FW health check happens
+ *  - Caller is responsible to store fw dump data into a local,
+ *      e.g., /data/misc/wifi/alertdump-1.bin
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_firmware_memory_dump(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                         wifi_firmware_memory_dump_handler handler);
+
+/**
+ * API to collect a firmware version string.
+ *  - Caller is responsible to allocate / free a buffer to retrieve firmware verion info.
+ *  - Max string will be at most 256 bytes.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_firmware_version(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* buffer, int buffer_size);
+
+/**
+ * API to collect a driver version string.
+ *  - Caller is responsible to allocate / free a buffer to retrieve driver verion info.
+ *  - Max string will be at most 256 bytes.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_driver_version(wifi_interface_handle iface, char* buffer, int buffer_size);
+
+/* Feature set */
+enum {
+    WIFI_LOGGER_MEMORY_DUMP_SUPPORTED = (1 << (0)),              // Memory dump of FW
+    WIFI_LOGGER_PER_PACKET_TX_RX_STATUS_SUPPORTED = (1 << (1)),  // PKT status
+    WIFI_LOGGER_CONNECT_EVENT_SUPPORTED = (1 << (2)),            // Connectivity event
+    WIFI_LOGGER_POWER_EVENT_SUPPORTED = (1 << (3)),              // POWER of Driver
+    WIFI_LOGGER_WAKE_LOCK_SUPPORTED = (1 << (4)),                // WAKE LOCK of Driver
+    WIFI_LOGGER_VERBOSE_SUPPORTED = (1 << (5)),                  // verbose log of FW
+    WIFI_LOGGER_WATCHDOG_TIMER_SUPPORTED = (1 << (6)),           // monitor the health of FW
+    WIFI_LOGGER_DRIVER_DUMP_SUPPORTED = (1 << (7)),              // dumps driver state
+    WIFI_LOGGER_PACKET_FATE_SUPPORTED = (1 << (8)),              // tracks connection packets' fate
+};
+
+/**
+ * API to retrieve the current supportive features.
+ *  - An integer variable is enough to have bit mapping info by caller.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_get_logger_supported_feature_set(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                                 unsigned int* support);
+
+typedef struct {
+    /* Buffer is to be allocated and freed by HAL implementation. */
+    void (*on_driver_memory_dump)(char* buffer, int buffer_size);
+} wifi_driver_memory_dump_callbacks;
+
+/**
+    API to collect driver state.
+
+    Framework will call this API soon before or after (but not
+    concurrently with) wifi_get_firmware_memory_dump(). Capturing
+    firmware and driver dumps is intended to help identify
+    inconsistent state between these components.
+
+    - In response to this call, HAL implementation should make one or
+      more calls to callbacks.on_driver_memory_dump(). Framework will
+      copy data out of the received |buffer|s, and concatenate the
+      contents thereof.
+    - HAL implemention will indicate completion of the driver memory
+      dump by returning from this call.
+*/
+wifi_error wifi_get_driver_memory_dump(wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                       wifi_driver_memory_dump_callbacks callbacks);
+
+/* packet fate logs */
+
+#define MD5_PREFIX_LEN 4
+#define MAX_FATE_LOG_LEN 32
+#define MAX_FRAME_LEN_ETHERNET 1518
+#define MAX_FRAME_LEN_80211_MGMT 2352  // 802.11-2012 Fig. 8-34
+
+typedef enum {
+    // Sent over air and ACKed.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_ACKED,
+
+    // Sent over air but not ACKed. (Normal for broadcast/multicast.)
+    TX_PKT_FATE_SENT,
+
+    // Queued within firmware, but not yet sent over air.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_FW_QUEUED,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware as invalid. E.g. bad source address, bad checksum,
+    // or invalid for current state.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_INVALID,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware due to lack of buffer space.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_NOBUFS,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware for any other reason. Includes frames that
+    // were sent by driver to firmware, but unaccounted for by
+    // firmware.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_OTHER,
+
+    // Queued within driver, not yet sent to firmware.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_DRV_QUEUED,
+
+    // Dropped by driver as invalid. E.g. bad source address, or
+    // invalid for current state.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_INVALID,
+
+    // Dropped by driver due to lack of buffer space.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_NOBUFS,
+
+    // Dropped by driver for any other reason.
+    TX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_OTHER,
+} wifi_tx_packet_fate;
+
+typedef enum {
+    // Valid and delivered to network stack (e.g., netif_rx()).
+    RX_PKT_FATE_SUCCESS,
+
+    // Queued within firmware, but not yet sent to driver.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_FW_QUEUED,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware due to host-programmable filters.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_FILTER,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware as invalid. E.g. bad checksum, decrypt failed,
+    // or invalid for current state.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_INVALID,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware due to lack of buffer space.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_NOBUFS,
+
+    // Dropped by firmware for any other reason.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_FW_DROP_OTHER,
+
+    // Queued within driver, not yet delivered to network stack.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_DRV_QUEUED,
+
+    // Dropped by driver due to filter rules.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_FILTER,
+
+    // Dropped by driver as invalid. E.g. not permitted in current state.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_INVALID,
+
+    // Dropped by driver due to lack of buffer space.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_NOBUFS,
+
+    // Dropped by driver for any other reason.
+    RX_PKT_FATE_DRV_DROP_OTHER,
+} wifi_rx_packet_fate;
+
+typedef enum {
+    FRAME_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
+    FRAME_TYPE_ETHERNET_II,
+    FRAME_TYPE_80211_MGMT,
+} frame_type;
+
+typedef struct {
+    // The type of MAC-layer frame that this frame_info holds.
+    // - For data frames, use FRAME_TYPE_ETHERNET_II.
+    // - For management frames, use FRAME_TYPE_80211_MGMT.
+    // - If the type of the frame is unknown, use FRAME_TYPE_UNKNOWN.
+    frame_type payload_type;
+
+    // The number of bytes included in |frame_content|. If the frame
+    // contents are missing (e.g. RX frame dropped in firmware),
+    // |frame_len| should be set to 0.
+    size_t frame_len;
+
+    // Host clock when this frame was received by the driver (either
+    // outbound from the host network stack, or inbound from the
+    // firmware).
+    // - The timestamp should be taken from a clock which includes time
+    //   the host spent suspended (e.g. ktime_get_boottime()).
+    // - If no host timestamp is available (e.g. RX frame was dropped in
+    //   firmware), this field should be set to 0.
+    u32 driver_timestamp_usec;
+
+    // Firmware clock when this frame was received by the firmware
+    // (either outbound from the host, or inbound from a remote
+    // station).
+    // - The timestamp should be taken from a clock which includes time
+    //   firmware spent suspended (if applicable).
+    // - If no firmware timestamp is available (e.g. TX frame was
+    //   dropped by driver), this field should be set to 0.
+    // - Consumers of |frame_info| should _not_ assume any
+    //   synchronization between driver and firmware clocks.
+    u32 firmware_timestamp_usec;
+
+    // Actual frame content.
+    // - Should be provided for TX frames originated by the host.
+    // - Should be provided for RX frames received by the driver.
+    // - Optionally provided for TX frames originated by firmware. (At
+    //   discretion of HAL implementation.)
+    // - Optionally provided for RX frames dropped in firmware. (At
+    //   discretion of HAL implementation.)
+    // - If frame content is not provided, |frame_len| should be set
+    //   to 0.
+    union {
+        char ethernet_ii_bytes[MAX_FRAME_LEN_ETHERNET];
+        char ieee_80211_mgmt_bytes[MAX_FRAME_LEN_80211_MGMT];
+    } frame_content;
+} frame_info;
+
+typedef struct {
+    // Prefix of MD5 hash of |frame_inf.frame_content|. If frame
+    // content is not provided, prefix of MD5 hash over the same data
+    // that would be in frame_content, if frame content were provided.
+    char md5_prefix[MD5_PREFIX_LEN];
+    wifi_tx_packet_fate fate;
+    frame_info frame_inf;
+} wifi_tx_report;
+
+typedef struct {
+    // Prefix of MD5 hash of |frame_inf.frame_content|. If frame
+    // content is not provided, prefix of MD5 hash over the same data
+    // that would be in frame_content, if frame content were provided.
+    char md5_prefix[MD5_PREFIX_LEN];
+    wifi_rx_packet_fate fate;
+    frame_info frame_inf;
+} wifi_rx_report;
+
+/**
+    API to start packet fate monitoring.
+    - Once stared, monitoring should remain active until HAL is unloaded.
+    - When HAL is unloaded, all packet fate buffers should be cleared.
+*/
+wifi_error wifi_start_pkt_fate_monitoring(wifi_interface_handle handle);
+
+/**
+    API to retrieve fates of outbound packets.
+    - HAL implementation should fill |tx_report_bufs| with fates of
+      _first_ min(n_requested_fates, actual packets) frames
+      transmitted for the most recent association. The fate reports
+      should follow the same order as their respective packets.
+    - HAL implementation may choose (but is not required) to include
+      reports for management frames.
+    - Packets reported by firmware, but not recognized by driver,
+      should be included.  However, the ordering of the corresponding
+      reports is at the discretion of HAL implementation.
+    - Framework may call this API multiple times for the same association.
+    - Framework will ensure |n_requested_fates <= MAX_FATE_LOG_LEN|.
+    - Framework will allocate and free the referenced storage.
+*/
+wifi_error wifi_get_tx_pkt_fates(wifi_interface_handle handle, wifi_tx_report* tx_report_bufs,
+                                 size_t n_requested_fates, size_t* n_provided_fates);
+
+/**
+    API to retrieve fates of inbound packets.
+    - HAL implementation should fill |rx_report_bufs| with fates of
+      _first_ min(n_requested_fates, actual packets) frames
+      received for the most recent association. The fate reports
+      should follow the same order as their respective packets.
+    - HAL implementation may choose (but is not required) to include
+      reports for management frames.
+    - Packets reported by firmware, but not recognized by driver,
+      should be included.  However, the ordering of the corresponding
+      reports is at the discretion of HAL implementation.
+    - Framework may call this API multiple times for the same association.
+    - Framework will ensure |n_requested_fates <= MAX_FATE_LOG_LEN|.
+    - Framework will allocate and free the referenced storage.
+*/
+wifi_error wifi_get_rx_pkt_fates(wifi_interface_handle handle, wifi_rx_report* rx_report_bufs,
+                                 size_t n_requested_fates, size_t* n_provided_fates);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*__WIFI_HAL_STATS_ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_nan.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_nan.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3591b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_nan.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2726 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NAN_H__
+#define __NAN_H__
+
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ * Neighbour Aware Network Service Structures and Functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+  Definitions
+  All multi-byte fields within all NAN protocol stack messages are assumed to be in Little Endian
+  order.
+*/
+
+typedef int NanVersion;
+typedef u16 transaction_id;
+typedef u32 NanDataPathId;
+
+#define NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN 6
+#define NAN_MAJOR_VERSION 2
+#define NAN_MINOR_VERSION 0
+#define NAN_MICRO_VERSION 1
+#define NAN_MAX_SOCIAL_CHANNELS 3
+
+/* NAN Maximum Lengths */
+#define NAN_MAX_SERVICE_NAME_LEN 255
+#define NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN 255
+#define NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN 1024
+#define NAN_MAX_VSA_DATA_LEN 1024
+#define NAN_MAX_MESH_DATA_LEN 32
+#define NAN_MAX_INFRA_DATA_LEN 32
+#define NAN_MAX_CLUSTER_ATTRIBUTE_LEN 255
+#define NAN_MAX_SUBSCRIBE_MAX_ADDRESS 42
+#define NAN_MAX_FAM_CHANNELS 32
+#define NAN_MAX_POSTDISCOVERY_LEN 5
+#define NAN_MAX_FRAME_DATA_LEN 504
+#define NAN_DP_MAX_APP_INFO_LEN 512
+#define NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN 255
+#define NAN_PMK_INFO_LEN 32
+#define NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN 1024
+#define NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN 1024
+#define NAN_SECURITY_MIN_PASSPHRASE_LEN 8
+#define NAN_SECURITY_MAX_PASSPHRASE_LEN 63
+#define NAN_MAX_CHANNEL_INFO_SUPPORTED 4
+
+/*
+  Definition of various NanResponseType
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_RESPONSE_ENABLED = 0,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_DISABLED = 1,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_PUBLISH = 2,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_PUBLISH_CANCEL = 3,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_TRANSMIT_FOLLOWUP = 4,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_SUBSCRIBE = 5,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_SUBSCRIBE_CANCEL = 6,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_STATS = 7,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_CONFIG = 8,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_TCA = 9,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_ERROR = 10,
+    NAN_RESPONSE_BEACON_SDF_PAYLOAD = 11,
+    NAN_GET_CAPABILITIES = 12,
+    NAN_DP_INTERFACE_CREATE = 13,
+    NAN_DP_INTERFACE_DELETE = 14,
+    NAN_DP_INITIATOR_RESPONSE = 15,
+    NAN_DP_RESPONDER_RESPONSE = 16,
+    NAN_DP_END = 17
+} NanResponseType;
+
+/* NAN Publish Types */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_PUBLISH_TYPE_UNSOLICITED = 0,
+    NAN_PUBLISH_TYPE_SOLICITED,
+    NAN_PUBLISH_TYPE_UNSOLICITED_SOLICITED
+} NanPublishType;
+
+/* NAN Transmit Priorities */
+typedef enum { NAN_TX_PRIORITY_NORMAL = 0, NAN_TX_PRIORITY_HIGH } NanTxPriority;
+
+/* NAN Statistics Request ID Codes */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE_PUBLISH = 0,
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE_SUBSCRIBE,
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE_MAC,
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE_TIMING_SYNC,
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE_DW,
+    NAN_STATS_ID_DE
+} NanStatsType;
+
+/* NAN Protocol Event ID Codes */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_EVENT_ID_DISC_MAC_ADDR = 0,
+    NAN_EVENT_ID_STARTED_CLUSTER,
+    NAN_EVENT_ID_JOINED_CLUSTER
+} NanDiscEngEventType;
+
+/* NAN Data Path type */
+typedef enum { NAN_DATA_PATH_UNICAST_MSG = 0, NAN_DATA_PATH_MULTICAST_MSG } NdpType;
+
+/* NAN Ranging Configuration */
+typedef enum { NAN_RANGING_DISABLE = 0, NAN_RANGING_ENABLE } NanRangingState;
+
+/* TCA Type */
+typedef enum { NAN_TCA_ID_CLUSTER_SIZE = 0 } NanTcaType;
+
+/* NAN Channel Info */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 channel;
+    u32 bandwidth;
+    u32 nss;
+} NanChannelInfo;
+
+/*
+  Various NAN Protocol Response code
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    /* NAN Protocol Response Codes */
+    NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0,
+    /*  NAN Discovery Engine/Host driver failures */
+    NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE = 1,
+    /*  NAN OTA failures */
+    NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE = 2,
+    /* if the publish/subscribe id is invalid */
+    NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID = 3,
+    /* If we run out of resources allocated */
+    NAN_STATUS_NO_RESOURCE_AVAILABLE = 4,
+    /* if invalid params are passed */
+    NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM = 5,
+    /*  if the requestor instance id is invalid */
+    NAN_STATUS_INVALID_REQUESTOR_INSTANCE_ID = 6,
+    /*  if the ndp id is invalid */
+    NAN_STATUS_INVALID_NDP_ID = 7,
+    /* if NAN is enabled when wifi is turned off */
+    NAN_STATUS_NAN_NOT_ALLOWED = 8,
+    /* if over the air ack is not received */
+    NAN_STATUS_NO_OTA_ACK = 9,
+    /* If NAN is already enabled and we are try to re-enable the same */
+    NAN_STATUS_ALREADY_ENABLED = 10,
+    /* If followup message internal queue is full */
+    NAN_STATUS_FOLLOWUP_QUEUE_FULL = 11,
+    /* Unsupported concurrency session enabled, NAN disabled notified */
+    NAN_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONCURRENCY_NAN_DISABLED = 12
+} NanStatusType;
+
+/* NAN Transmit Types */
+typedef enum { NAN_TX_TYPE_BROADCAST = 0, NAN_TX_TYPE_UNICAST } NanTxType;
+
+/* NAN Subscribe Type */
+typedef enum { NAN_SUBSCRIBE_TYPE_PASSIVE = 0, NAN_SUBSCRIBE_TYPE_ACTIVE } NanSubscribeType;
+
+/* NAN Service Response Filter Attribute Bit */
+typedef enum { NAN_SRF_ATTR_BLOOM_FILTER = 0, NAN_SRF_ATTR_PARTIAL_MAC_ADDR } NanSRFType;
+
+/* NAN Service Response Filter Include Bit */
+typedef enum { NAN_SRF_INCLUDE_DO_NOT_RESPOND = 0, NAN_SRF_INCLUDE_RESPOND } NanSRFIncludeType;
+
+/* NAN Match indication type */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_MATCH_ALG_MATCH_ONCE = 0,
+    NAN_MATCH_ALG_MATCH_CONTINUOUS,
+    NAN_MATCH_ALG_MATCH_NEVER
+} NanMatchAlg;
+
+/* NAN Transmit Window Type */
+typedef enum { NAN_TRANSMIT_IN_DW = 0, NAN_TRANSMIT_IN_FAW } NanTransmitWindowType;
+
+/* NAN SRF State in Subscribe */
+typedef enum { NAN_DO_NOT_USE_SRF = 0, NAN_USE_SRF } NanSRFState;
+
+/* NAN Include SSI in MatchInd */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_SSI_NOT_REQUIRED_IN_MATCH_IND = 0,
+    NAN_SSI_REQUIRED_IN_MATCH_IND
+} NanSsiInMatchInd;
+
+/* NAN DP security Configuration */
+typedef enum { NAN_DP_CONFIG_NO_SECURITY = 0, NAN_DP_CONFIG_SECURITY } NanDataPathSecurityCfgStatus;
+
+typedef enum { NAN_QOS_NOT_REQUIRED = 0, NAN_QOS_REQUIRED } NanQosCfgStatus;
+
+/* Data request Responder's response */
+typedef enum { NAN_DP_REQUEST_ACCEPT = 0, NAN_DP_REQUEST_REJECT } NanDataPathResponseCode;
+
+/* NAN DP channel config options */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_DP_CHANNEL_NOT_REQUESTED = 0,
+    NAN_DP_REQUEST_CHANNEL_SETUP,
+    NAN_DP_FORCE_CHANNEL_SETUP
+} NanDataPathChannelCfg;
+
+/* Enable/Disable NAN Ranging Auto response */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_RANGING_AUTO_RESPONSE_ENABLE = 1,
+    NAN_RANGING_AUTO_RESPONSE_DISABLE
+} NanRangingAutoResponse;
+
+/* Enable/Disable NAN service range report */
+typedef enum { NAN_DISABLE_RANGE_REPORT = 1, NAN_ENABLE_RANGE_REPORT } NanRangeReport;
+
+/* NAN Range Response */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_RANGE_REQUEST_ACCEPT = 1,
+    NAN_RANGE_REQUEST_REJECT,
+    NAN_RANGE_REQUEST_CANCEL
+} NanRangeResponse;
+
+/* NAN Security Key Input Type*/
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_SECURITY_KEY_INPUT_PMK = 1,
+    NAN_SECURITY_KEY_INPUT_PASSPHRASE
+} NanSecurityKeyInputType;
+
+typedef struct {
+    /* pmk length */
+    u32 pmk_len;
+    /*
+       PMK: Info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       PMK info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+     */
+    u8 pmk[NAN_PMK_INFO_LEN];
+} NanSecurityPmk;
+
+typedef struct {
+    /* passphrase length */
+    u32 passphrase_len;
+    /*
+       passphrase info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       passphrase info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+     */
+    u8 passphrase[NAN_SECURITY_MAX_PASSPHRASE_LEN];
+} NanSecurityPassPhrase;
+
+typedef struct {
+    NanSecurityKeyInputType key_type;
+    union {
+        NanSecurityPmk pmk_info;
+        NanSecurityPassPhrase passphrase_info;
+    } body;
+} NanSecurityKeyInfo;
+
+/* NAN Security Cipher Suites Mask */
+#define NAN_CIPHER_SUITE_SHARED_KEY_NONE 0x00
+#define NAN_CIPHER_SUITE_SHARED_KEY_128_MASK 0x01
+#define NAN_CIPHER_SUITE_SHARED_KEY_256_MASK 0x02
+#define NAN_CIPHER_SUITE_PUBLIC_KEY_2WDH_128_MASK 0x04
+#define NAN_CIPHER_SUITE_PUBLIC_KEY_2WDH_256_MASK 0x08
+
+/* NAN ranging indication condition MASKS */
+#define NAN_RANGING_INDICATE_CONTINUOUS_MASK 0x01
+#define NAN_RANGING_INDICATE_INGRESS_MET_MASK 0x02
+#define NAN_RANGING_INDICATE_EGRESS_MET_MASK 0x04
+
+/* NAN schedule update reason MASKS */
+#define NAN_SCHEDULE_UPDATE_NSS_MASK 0x01
+#define NAN_SCHEDULE_UPDATE_CHANNEL_MASK 0x02
+
+/*
+   Structure to set the Service Descriptor Extension
+   Attribute (SDEA) passed as part of NanPublishRequest/
+   NanSubscribeRequest/NanMatchInd.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       Optional configuration of Data Path Enable request.
+       configure flag determines whether configuration needs
+       to be passed or not.
+    */
+    u8 config_nan_data_path;
+    NdpType ndp_type;
+    /*
+       NAN secuirty required flag to indicate
+       if the security is enabled or disabled
+    */
+    NanDataPathSecurityCfgStatus security_cfg;
+    /*
+       NAN ranging required flag to indicate
+       if ranging is enabled on disabled
+    */
+    NanRangingState ranging_state;
+    /*
+      Enable/Disable Ranging report,
+      when configured NanRangeReportInd received
+    */
+    NanRangeReport range_report;
+    /*
+      NAN QOS required flag to indicate
+      if QOS is required or not.
+    */
+    NanQosCfgStatus qos_cfg;
+} NanSdeaCtrlParams;
+
+/*
+   Nan Ranging Peer Info in MatchInd
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       Distance to the NAN device with the MAC address indicated
+       with ranged mac address.
+    */
+    u32 range_measurement_mm;
+    /* Ranging event matching the configuration of continuous/ingress/egress. */
+    u32 ranging_event_type;
+} NanRangeInfo;
+
+/* Nan/NDP Capabilites info */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 max_concurrent_nan_clusters;
+    u32 max_publishes;
+    u32 max_subscribes;
+    u32 max_service_name_len;
+    u32 max_match_filter_len;
+    u32 max_total_match_filter_len;
+    u32 max_service_specific_info_len;
+    u32 max_vsa_data_len;
+    u32 max_mesh_data_len;
+    u32 max_ndi_interfaces;
+    u32 max_ndp_sessions;
+    u32 max_app_info_len;
+    u32 max_queued_transmit_followup_msgs;
+    u32 ndp_supported_bands;
+    u32 cipher_suites_supported;
+    u32 max_scid_len;
+    bool is_ndp_security_supported;
+    u32 max_sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u32 max_subscribe_address;
+    u32 ndpe_attr_supported;
+    bool is_instant_mode_supported;
+} NanCapabilities;
+
+/*
+  Nan accept policy: Per service basis policy
+  Based on this policy(ALL/NONE), responder side
+  will send ACCEPT/REJECT
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_SERVICE_ACCEPT_POLICY_NONE = 0,
+    /* Default value */
+    NAN_SERVICE_ACCEPT_POLICY_ALL
+} NanServiceAcceptPolicy;
+
+/*
+  Host can send Vendor specific attributes which the Discovery Engine can
+  enclose in Beacons and/or Service Discovery frames transmitted.
+  Below structure is used to populate that.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       0 = transmit only in the next discovery window
+       1 = transmit in next 16 discovery window
+    */
+    u8 payload_transmit_flag;
+    /*
+       Below flags will determine in which all frames
+       the vendor specific attributes should be included
+    */
+    u8 tx_in_discovery_beacon;
+    u8 tx_in_sync_beacon;
+    u8 tx_in_service_discovery;
+    /* Organizationally Unique Identifier */
+    u32 vendor_oui;
+    /*
+       vendor specific attribute to be transmitted
+       vsa_len : Length of the vsa data.
+     */
+    u32 vsa_len;
+    u8 vsa[NAN_MAX_VSA_DATA_LEN];
+} NanTransmitVendorSpecificAttribute;
+
+/*
+  Discovery Engine will forward any Vendor Specific Attributes
+  which it received as part of this structure.
+*/
+/* Mask to determine on which frames attribute was received */
+#define RX_DISCOVERY_BEACON_MASK 0x01
+#define RX_SYNC_BEACON_MASK 0x02
+#define RX_SERVICE_DISCOVERY_MASK 0x04
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       Frames on which this vendor specific attribute
+       was received. Mask defined above
+    */
+    u8 vsa_received_on;
+    /* Organizationally Unique Identifier */
+    u32 vendor_oui;
+    /* vendor specific attribute */
+    u32 attr_len;
+    u8 vsa[NAN_MAX_VSA_DATA_LEN];
+} NanReceiveVendorSpecificAttribute;
+
+/*
+   NAN Beacon SDF Payload Received structure
+   Discovery engine sends the details of received Beacon or
+   Service Discovery Frames as part of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Frame data */
+    u32 frame_len;
+    u8 frame_data[NAN_MAX_FRAME_DATA_LEN];
+} NanBeaconSdfPayloadReceive;
+
+/*
+  Host can set the Periodic scan parameters for each of the
+  3(6, 44, 149) Social channels. Only these channels are allowed
+  any other channels are rejected
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_CHANNEL_24G_BAND = 0,
+    NAN_CHANNEL_5G_BAND_LOW,
+    NAN_CHANNEL_5G_BAND_HIGH
+} NanChannelIndex;
+
+/*
+   Structure to set the Social Channel Scan parameters
+   passed as part of NanEnableRequest/NanConfigRequest
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       Dwell time of each social channel in milliseconds
+       NanChannelIndex corresponds to the respective channel
+       If time set to 0 then the FW default time will be used.
+    */
+    u8 dwell_time[NAN_MAX_SOCIAL_CHANNELS];  // default value 200 msec
+
+    /*
+       Scan period of each social channel in seconds
+       NanChannelIndex corresponds to the respective channel
+       If time set to 0 then the FW default time will be used.
+    */
+    u16 scan_period[NAN_MAX_SOCIAL_CHANNELS];  // default value 20 sec
+} NanSocialChannelScanParams;
+
+/*
+  Host can send Post Connectivity Capability attributes
+  to be included in Service Discovery frames transmitted
+  as part of this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       0 = transmit only in the next discovery window
+       1 = transmit in next 16 discovery window
+    */
+    u8 payload_transmit_flag;
+    /* 1 - Wifi Direct supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_wfd_supported;
+    /* 1 - Wifi Direct Services supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_wfds_supported;
+    /* 1 - TDLS supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_tdls_supported;
+    /* 1 - IBSS supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_ibss_supported;
+    /* 1 - Mesh supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_mesh_supported;
+    /*
+       1 - NAN Device currently connect to WLAN Infra AP
+       0 - otherwise
+    */
+    u8 wlan_infra_field;
+} NanTransmitPostConnectivityCapability;
+
+/*
+  Discovery engine providing the post connectivity capability
+  received.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* 1 - Wifi Direct supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_wfd_supported;
+    /* 1 - Wifi Direct Services supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_wfds_supported;
+    /* 1 - TDLS supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_tdls_supported;
+    /* 1 - IBSS supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_ibss_supported;
+    /* 1 - Mesh supported 0 - Not supported */
+    u8 is_mesh_supported;
+    /*
+       1 - NAN Device currently connect to WLAN Infra AP
+       0 - otherwise
+    */
+    u8 wlan_infra_field;
+} NanReceivePostConnectivityCapability;
+
+/*
+  Indicates the availability interval duration associated with the
+  Availability Intervals Bitmap field
+*/
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_DURATION_16MS = 0,
+    NAN_DURATION_32MS = 1,
+    NAN_DURATION_64MS = 2
+} NanAvailDuration;
+
+/* Further availability per channel information */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Defined above */
+    NanAvailDuration entry_control;
+    /*
+       1 byte field indicating the frequency band the NAN Device
+       will be available as defined in IEEE Std. 802.11-2012
+       Annex E Table E-4 Global Operating Classes
+    */
+    u8 class_val;
+    /*
+       1 byte field indicating the channel the NAN Device
+       will be available.
+    */
+    u8 channel;
+    /*
+        Map Id - 4 bit field which identifies the Further
+        availability map attribute.
+    */
+    u8 mapid;
+    /*
+       divides the time between the beginnings of consecutive Discovery
+       Windows of a given NAN cluster into consecutive time intervals
+       of equal durations. The time interval duration is specified by
+       the Availability Interval Duration subfield of the Entry Control
+       field.
+
+       A Nan device that sets the i-th bit of the Availability
+       Intervals Bitmap to 1 shall be present during the corresponding
+       i-th time interval in the operation channel indicated by the
+       Operating Class and Channel Number fields in the same Availability Entry.
+
+       A Nan device that sets the i-th bit of the Availability Intervals Bitmap to
+       0 may be present during the corresponding i-th time interval in the operation
+       channel indicated by the Operating Class and Channel Number fields in the same
+       Availability Entry.
+
+       The size of the Bitmap is dependent upon the Availability Interval Duration
+       chosen in the Entry Control Field.  The size can be either 1, 2 or 4 bytes long
+
+       - Duration field is equal to 0, only AIB[0] is valid
+       - Duration field is equal to 1, only AIB [0] and AIB [1] is valid
+       - Duration field is equal to 2, AIB [0], AIB [1], AIB [2] and AIB [3] are valid
+    */
+    u32 avail_interval_bitmap;
+} NanFurtherAvailabilityChannel;
+
+/*
+  Further availability map which can be sent and received from
+  Discovery engine
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       Number of channels indicates the number of channel
+       entries which is part of fam
+    */
+    u8 numchans;
+    NanFurtherAvailabilityChannel famchan[NAN_MAX_FAM_CHANNELS];
+} NanFurtherAvailabilityMap;
+
+/*
+  Host can send Post-Nan Discovery attributes which the Discovery Engine can
+  enclose in Service Discovery frames
+*/
+/* Possible connection types in Post NAN Discovery attributes */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_CONN_WLAN_INFRA = 0,
+    NAN_CONN_P2P_OPER = 1,
+    NAN_CONN_WLAN_IBSS = 2,
+    NAN_CONN_WLAN_MESH = 3,
+    NAN_CONN_FURTHER_SERVICE_AVAILABILITY = 4,
+    NAN_CONN_WLAN_RANGING = 5
+} NanConnectionType;
+
+/* Possible device roles in Post NAN Discovery attributes */
+typedef enum {
+    NAN_WLAN_INFRA_AP = 0,
+    NAN_WLAN_INFRA_STA = 1,
+    NAN_P2P_OPER_GO = 2,
+    NAN_P2P_OPER_DEV = 3,
+    NAN_P2P_OPER_CLI = 4
+} NanDeviceRole;
+
+/* Configuration params of NAN Ranging */
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Interval in milli sec between two ranging measurements.
+      If the Awake DW intervals in NanEnable/Config are larger
+      than the ranging intervals priority is given to Awake DW
+      Intervals. Only on a match the ranging is initiated for the
+      peer
+    */
+    u32 ranging_interval_msec;
+    /*
+      Flags indicating the type of ranging event to be notified
+      NAN_RANGING_INDICATE_ MASKS are used to set these.
+      BIT0 - Continuous Ranging event notification.
+      BIT1 - Ingress distance is <=.
+      BIT2 - Egress distance is >=.
+    */
+    u32 config_ranging_indications;
+    /* Ingress distance in millimeters (optional) */
+    u32 distance_ingress_mm;
+    /* Egress distance in millmilliimeters (optional) */
+    u32 distance_egress_mm;
+} NanRangingCfg;
+
+/* NAN Ranging request's response */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Publish Id of an earlier Publisher */
+    u16 publish_id;
+    /*
+       A 32 bit Requestor instance Id which is sent to the Application.
+       This Id will be used in subsequent RangeResponse on Subscribe side.
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+    /* Peer MAC addr of Range Requestor */
+    u8 peer_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /* Response indicating ACCEPT/REJECT/CANCEL of Range Request */
+    NanRangeResponse ranging_response;
+} NanRangeResponseCfg;
+
+/* Structure of Post NAN Discovery attribute */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Connection type of the host */
+    NanConnectionType type;
+    /*
+       Device role of the host based on
+       the connection type
+    */
+    NanDeviceRole role;
+    /*
+       Flag to send the information as a single shot or repeated
+       for next 16 discovery windows
+       0 - Single_shot
+       1 - next 16 discovery windows
+    */
+    u8 transmit_freq;
+    /* Duration of the availability bitmask */
+    NanAvailDuration duration;
+    /* Availability interval bitmap based on duration */
+    u32 avail_interval_bitmap;
+    /*
+       Mac address depending on the conn type and device role
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | Conn Type  |  Device Role |  Mac address Usage  |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_INFRA |  AP/STA      |   BSSID of the AP   |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | P2P_OPER   |  GO          |   GO's address      |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | P2P_OPER   |  P2P_DEVICE  |   Address of who    |
+       |            |              |   would become GO   |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_IBSS  |  NA          |   BSSID             |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_MESH  |  NA          |   BSSID             |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+    */
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       Mandatory mesh id value if connection type is WLAN_MESH
+       Mesh id contains 0-32 octet identifier and should be
+       as per IEEE Std.802.11-2012 spec.
+    */
+    u16 mesh_id_len;
+    u8 mesh_id[NAN_MAX_MESH_DATA_LEN];
+    /*
+       Optional infrastructure SSID if conn_type is set to
+       NAN_CONN_WLAN_INFRA
+    */
+    u16 infrastructure_ssid_len;
+    u8 infrastructure_ssid_val[NAN_MAX_INFRA_DATA_LEN];
+} NanTransmitPostDiscovery;
+
+/*
+   Discovery engine providing the structure of Post NAN
+   Discovery
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Connection type of the host */
+    NanConnectionType type;
+    /*
+       Device role of the host based on
+       the connection type
+    */
+    NanDeviceRole role;
+    /* Duration of the availability bitmask */
+    NanAvailDuration duration;
+    /* Availability interval bitmap based on duration */
+    u32 avail_interval_bitmap;
+    /*
+       Map Id - 4 bit field which identifies the Further
+       availability map attribute.
+    */
+    u8 mapid;
+    /*
+       Mac address depending on the conn type and device role
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | Conn Type  |  Device Role |  Mac address Usage  |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_INFRA |  AP/STA      |   BSSID of the AP   |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | P2P_OPER   |  GO          |   GO's address      |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | P2P_OPER   |  P2P_DEVICE  |   Address of who    |
+       |            |              |   would become GO   |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_IBSS  |  NA          |   BSSID             |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+       | WLAN_MESH  |  NA          |   BSSID             |
+       --------------------------------------------------
+    */
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       Mandatory mesh id value if connection type is WLAN_MESH
+       Mesh id contains 0-32 octet identifier and should be
+       as per IEEE Std.802.11-2012 spec.
+    */
+    u16 mesh_id_len;
+    u8 mesh_id[NAN_MAX_MESH_DATA_LEN];
+    /*
+       Optional infrastructure SSID if conn_type is set to
+       NAN_CONN_WLAN_INFRA
+    */
+    u16 infrastructure_ssid_len;
+    u8 infrastructure_ssid_val[NAN_MAX_INFRA_DATA_LEN];
+} NanReceivePostDiscovery;
+
+/*
+   NAN device level configuration of SDF and Sync beacons in both
+   2.4/5GHz bands
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Configure 2.4GHz DW Band */
+    u8 config_2dot4g_dw_band;
+    /*
+       Indicates the interval for Sync beacons and SDF's in 2.4GHz band.
+       Valid values of DW Interval are: 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, 0 is reserved.
+       The SDF includes in OTA when enabled. The publish/subscribe period
+       values don't override the device level configurations.
+    */
+    u32 dw_2dot4g_interval_val;  // default value 1
+    /* Configure 5GHz DW Band */
+    u8 config_5g_dw_band;
+    /*
+       Indicates the interval for Sync beacons and SDF's in 5GHz band
+       Valid values of DW Interval are: 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, 0 no wake up for
+       any interval. The SDF includes in OTA when enabled. The publish/subscribe
+       period values don't override the device level configurations.
+    */
+    u32 dw_5g_interval_val;  // default value 1 when 5G is enabled
+} NanConfigDW;
+
+/*
+  Enable Request Message Structure
+  The NanEnableReq message instructs the Discovery Engine to enter an operational state
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Mandatory parameters below */
+    u8 master_pref;  // default value 0x02
+    /*
+      A cluster_low value matching cluster_high indicates a request to join
+      a cluster with that value. If the requested cluster is not found the
+      device will start its own cluster.
+    */
+    u16 cluster_low;   // default value 0
+    u16 cluster_high;  // default value 0xFFFF
+
+    /*
+      Optional configuration of Enable request.
+      Each of the optional parameters have configure flag which
+      determine whether configuration is to be passed or not.
+    */
+    u8 config_support_5g;
+    u8 support_5g_val;  // default value 0; turned off by default
+    /*
+       BIT 0 is used to specify to include Service IDs in Sync/Discovery beacons
+       0 - Do not include SIDs in any beacons
+       1 - Include SIDs in all beacons.
+       Rest 7 bits are count field which allows control over the number of SIDs
+       included in the Beacon.  0 means to include as many SIDs that fit into
+       the maximum allow Beacon frame size
+    */
+    u8 config_sid_beacon;
+    u8 sid_beacon_val;  // default value 0x01
+    /*
+       The rssi values below should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 config_2dot4g_rssi_close;
+    u8 rssi_close_2dot4g_val;  // default value -60 dBm
+
+    u8 config_2dot4g_rssi_middle;
+    u8 rssi_middle_2dot4g_val;  // default value -70 dBm
+
+    u8 config_2dot4g_rssi_proximity;
+    u8 rssi_proximity_2dot4g_val;  //  default value -60dBm
+
+    u8 config_hop_count_limit;
+    u8 hop_count_limit_val;  //  default value 0x02
+
+    /*
+       Defines 2.4G channel access support
+       0 - No Support
+       1 - Supported
+    */
+    u8 config_2dot4g_support;
+    u8 support_2dot4g_val;  // default value 0x01
+    /*
+       Defines 2.4G channels will be used for sync/discovery beacons
+       0 - 2.4G channels not used for beacons
+       1 - 2.4G channels used for beacons
+    */
+    u8 config_2dot4g_beacons;
+    u8 beacon_2dot4g_val;  // default value 1
+    /*
+       Defines 2.4G channels will be used for Service Discovery frames
+       0 - 2.4G channels not used for Service Discovery frames
+       1 - 2.4G channels used for Service Discovery frames
+    */
+    u8 config_2dot4g_sdf;
+    u8 sdf_2dot4g_val;  // default value 1
+    /*
+       Defines 5G channels will be used for sync/discovery beacons
+       0 - 5G channels not used for beacons
+       1 - 5G channels used for beacons
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_beacons;
+    u8 beacon_5g_val;  // default value 1 when 5G is enabled
+    /*
+       Defines 5G channels will be used for Service Discovery frames
+       0 - 5G channels not used for Service Discovery frames
+       1 - 5G channels used for Service Discovery frames
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_sdf;
+    u8 sdf_5g_val;  // default value is 0 when 5G is enabled
+    /*
+       1 byte value which defines the RSSI in
+       dBm for a close by Peer in 5 Ghz channels.
+       The rssi values should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_rssi_close;
+    u8 rssi_close_5g_val;  // default value -60dBm when 5G is enabled
+    /*
+       1 byte value which defines the RSSI value in
+       dBm for a close by Peer in 5 Ghz channels.
+       The rssi values should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_rssi_middle;
+    u8 rssi_middle_5g_val;  // default value -75dBm when 5G is enabled
+    /*
+       1 byte value which defines the RSSI filter
+       threshold.  Any Service Descriptors received above this
+       value that are configured for RSSI filtering will be dropped.
+       The rssi values should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_rssi_close_proximity;
+    u8 rssi_close_proximity_5g_val;  // default value -60dBm when 5G is enabled
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which defines the window size over
+       which the “average RSSI” will be calculated over.
+    */
+    u8 config_rssi_window_size;
+    u8 rssi_window_size_val;  // default value 0x08
+    /*
+       The 24 bit Organizationally Unique ID + the 8 bit Network Id.
+    */
+    u8 config_oui;
+    u32 oui_val;  // default value {0x51, 0x6F, 0x9A, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00}
+    /*
+       NAN Interface Address, If not configured the Discovery Engine
+       will generate a 6 byte Random MAC.
+    */
+    u8 config_intf_addr;
+    u8 intf_addr_val[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       If set to 1, the Discovery Engine will enclose the Cluster
+       Attribute only sent in Beacons in a Vendor Specific Attribute
+       and transmit in a Service Descriptor Frame.
+    */
+    u8 config_cluster_attribute_val;
+    /*
+       The periodicity in seconds between full scan’s to find any new
+       clusters available in the area.  A Full scan should not be done
+       more than every 10 seconds and should not be done less than every
+       30 seconds.
+    */
+    u8 config_scan_params;
+    NanSocialChannelScanParams scan_params_val;
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which forces the Random Factor to a particular
+       value for all transmitted Sync/Discovery beacons
+    */
+    u8 config_random_factor_force;
+    u8 random_factor_force_val;  // default value off and set to 0x00
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which forces the HC for all transmitted Sync and
+       Discovery Beacon NO matter the real HC being received over the
+       air.
+    */
+    u8 config_hop_count_force;
+    u8 hop_count_force_val;  // default value 0x00
+
+    /* channel frequency in MHz to enable Nan on */
+    u8 config_24g_channel;
+    wifi_channel channel_24g_val;  // default value channel 0x6
+
+    u8 config_5g_channel;
+    wifi_channel channel_5g_val;  // default value channel 44 or 149 regulatory
+                                  // domain
+    /* Configure 2.4/5GHz DW */
+    NanConfigDW config_dw;
+
+    /*
+       By default discovery MAC address randomization is enabled
+       and default interval value is 30 minutes i.e. 1800 seconds.
+       The value 0 is used to disable MAC addr randomization.
+    */
+    u8 config_disc_mac_addr_randomization;
+    u32 disc_mac_addr_rand_interval_sec;  // default value 1800 sec
+
+    /*
+      Set/Enable corresponding bits to disable Discovery indications:
+      BIT0 - Disable Discovery MAC Address Event.
+      BIT1 - Disable Started Cluster Event.
+      BIT2 - Disable Joined Cluster Event.
+    */
+    u8 discovery_indication_cfg;  // default value 0x0
+    /*
+       BIT 0 is used to specify to include Service IDs in Sync/Discovery beacons
+       0 - Do not include SIDs in any beacons
+       1 - Include SIDs in all beacons.
+       Rest 7 bits are count field which allows control over the number of SIDs
+       included in the Beacon.  0 means to include as many SIDs that fit into
+       the maximum allow Beacon frame size
+    */
+    u8 config_subscribe_sid_beacon;
+    u32 subscribe_sid_beacon_val;  // default value 0x0
+    /*
+       Discovery Beacon Interval config.
+       Default value is 128 msec in 2G DW and 176 msec in 2G/5G DW.
+       When 0 value is passed it is reset to default value of 128 or 176 msec.
+    */
+    u8 config_discovery_beacon_int;
+    u32 discovery_beacon_interval;
+    /*
+       Enable Number of Spatial Streams.
+       This is NAN Power Optimization feature for NAN discovery.
+    */
+    u8 config_nss;
+    // default value is implementation specific and passing 0 sets it to default
+    u32 nss;
+    /*
+       Enable device level NAN Ranging feature.
+       0 - Disable
+       1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_enable_ranging;
+    u32 enable_ranging;
+    /*
+       Enable/Disable DW Early termination.
+       0 - Disable
+       1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_dw_early_termination;
+    u32 enable_dw_termination;
+    /*
+       Indicate whether to use NDPE attribute to bring-up TCP/IP connection.
+       If config_ndpe_attr is not configured, the default behavior is
+       not using NDPE attr, and the capability is not advertised.
+       0 - Not use
+       1 - Use
+    */
+    u8 config_ndpe_attr;
+    u32 use_ndpe_attr;
+    /*
+        Enable NAN v3.1 instant communication mode.
+        0 - Disable
+        1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_enable_instant_mode;
+    u32 enable_instant_mode;
+    /*
+        Config NAN v3.1 instant communication channel frequency selected over NFC/OOB method.
+        If dual band is supported default channel is 149 or 44 as per regulatory domain,
+        else channel 6 (send frequency in MHz).
+        Sometimes depending on country code retrictions, even 149/44 may be restricted
+        in those cases instant channel will be operational only in 2.4GHz.
+        Use wifi_get_usable_channels() API to get supported bands/channels before
+        Instant mode NFC handshake is triggered
+    */
+    u8 config_instant_mode_channel;
+    wifi_channel instant_mode_channel;
+} NanEnableRequest;
+
+/*
+  Publish Msg Structure
+  Message is used to request the DE to publish the Service Name
+  using the parameters passed into the Discovery Window
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 publish_id; /* id  0 means new publish, any other id is existing publish */
+    u16 ttl;        /* how many seconds to run for. 0 means forever until canceled */
+    /*
+       period: Awake DW Interval for publish(service)
+       Indicates the interval between two Discovery Windows in which
+       the device supporting the service is awake to transmit or
+       receive the Service Discovery frames.
+       Valid values of Awake DW Interval are: 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16, value 0 will
+       default to 1.
+    */
+    u16 period;
+    NanPublishType publish_type; /* 0= unsolicited, solicited = 1, 2= both */
+    NanTxType tx_type;           /* 0 = broadcast, 1= unicast  if solicited publish */
+    u8 publish_count;            /* number of OTA Publish, 0 means forever until canceled */
+    u16 service_name_len;        /* length of service name */
+    u8 service_name[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_NAME_LEN]; /* UTF-8 encoded string identifying the service */
+    /*
+       Field which specifies how the matching indication to host is controlled.
+       0 - Match and Indicate Once
+       1 - Match and Indicate continuous
+       2 - Match and Indicate never. This means don't indicate the match to the host.
+       3 - Reserved
+    */
+    NanMatchAlg publish_match_indicator;
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values
+       NAN Device that has invoked a Subscribe method corresponding to this Publish method
+    */
+    u16 service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Ordered sequence of <length, value> pairs which specify further response conditions
+       beyond the service name used to filter subscribe messages to respond to.
+       This is only needed when the PT is set to NAN_SOLICITED or NAN_SOLICITED_UNSOLICITED.
+    */
+    u16 rx_match_filter_len;
+    u8 rx_match_filter[NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Ordered sequence of <length, value> pairs to be included in the Discovery Frame.
+       If present it is always sent in a Discovery Frame
+    */
+    u16 tx_match_filter_len;
+    u8 tx_match_filter[NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       flag which specifies that the Publish should use the configured RSSI
+       threshold and the received RSSI in order to filter requests
+       0 – ignore the configured RSSI threshold when running a Service
+           Descriptor attribute or Service ID List Attribute through the DE matching logic.
+       1 – use the configured RSSI threshold when running a Service
+           Descriptor attribute or Service ID List Attribute through the DE matching logic.
+
+    */
+    u8 rssi_threshold_flag;
+
+    /*
+       8-bit bitmap which allows the Host to associate this publish
+       with a particular Post-NAN Connectivity attribute
+       which has been sent down in a NanConfigureRequest/NanEnableRequest
+       message.  If the DE fails to find a configured Post-NAN
+       connectivity attributes referenced by the bitmap,
+       the DE will return an error code to the Host.
+       If the Publish is configured to use a Post-NAN Connectivity
+       attribute and the Host does not refresh the Post-NAN Connectivity
+       attribute the Publish will be canceled and the Host will be sent
+       a PublishTerminatedIndication message.
+    */
+    u8 connmap;
+    /*
+      Set/Enable corresponding bits to disable any indications that follow a publish.
+      BIT0 - Disable publish termination indication.
+      BIT1 - Disable match expired indication.
+      BIT2 - Disable followUp indication received (OTA).
+      BIT3 - Disable publishReplied indication.
+    */
+    u8 recv_indication_cfg;
+    /*
+      Nan accept policy for the specific service(publish)
+    */
+    NanServiceAcceptPolicy service_responder_policy;
+    /* NAN Cipher Suite Type */
+    u32 cipher_type;
+    /*
+       Nan Security Key Info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       PMK or passphrase info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+    */
+    NanSecurityKeyInfo key_info;
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+
+    /* NAN configure service discovery extended attributes */
+    NanSdeaCtrlParams sdea_params;
+
+    /* NAN Ranging configuration */
+    NanRangingCfg ranging_cfg;
+
+    /* Enable/disable NAN serivce Ranging auto response mode */
+    NanRangingAutoResponse ranging_auto_response;
+
+    /*
+      When the ranging_auto_response_cfg is not set, NanRangeRequestInd is
+      received. Nan Range Response to Peer MAC Addr is notified to indicate
+      ACCEPT/REJECT/CANCEL to the requestor.
+    */
+    NanRangeResponseCfg range_response_cfg;
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values indicating the service specific info in SDEA
+    */
+    u16 sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 sdea_service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+} NanPublishRequest;
+
+/*
+  Publish Cancel Msg Structure
+  The PublishServiceCancelReq Message is used to request the DE to stop publishing
+  the Service Name identified by the Publish Id in the message.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 publish_id;
+} NanPublishCancelRequest;
+
+/*
+  NAN Subscribe Structure
+  The SubscribeServiceReq message is sent to the Discovery Engine
+  whenever the Upper layers would like to listen for a Service Name
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 subscribe_id; /* id 0 means new subscribe, non zero is existing subscribe */
+    u16 ttl;          /* how many seconds to run for. 0 means forever until canceled */
+    /*
+       period: Awake DW Interval for subscribe(service)
+       Indicates the interval between two Discovery Windows in which
+       the device supporting the service is awake to transmit or
+       receive the Service Discovery frames.
+       Valid values of Awake DW Interval are: 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16, value 0 will
+       default to 1.
+    */
+    u16 period;
+
+    /* Flag which specifies how the Subscribe request shall be processed. */
+    NanSubscribeType subscribe_type; /* 0 - PASSIVE , 1- ACTIVE */
+
+    /* Flag which specifies on Active Subscribes how the Service Response Filter attribute is
+     * populated.*/
+    NanSRFType serviceResponseFilter; /* 0 - Bloom Filter, 1 - MAC Addr */
+
+    /* Flag which specifies how the Service Response Filter Include bit is populated.*/
+    NanSRFIncludeType
+            serviceResponseInclude; /* 0=Do not respond if in the Address Set, 1= Respond */
+
+    /* Flag which specifies if the Service Response Filter should be used when creating
+     * Subscribes.*/
+    NanSRFState useServiceResponseFilter; /* 0=Do not send the Service Response Filter,1= send */
+
+    /*
+       Flag which specifies if the Service Specific Info is needed in
+       the Publish message before creating the MatchIndication
+    */
+    NanSsiInMatchInd ssiRequiredForMatchIndication; /* 0=Not needed, 1= Required */
+
+    /*
+       Field which specifies how the matching indication to host is controlled.
+       0 - Match and Indicate Once
+       1 - Match and Indicate continuous
+       2 - Match and Indicate never. This means don't indicate the match to the host.
+       3 - Reserved
+    */
+    NanMatchAlg subscribe_match_indicator;
+
+    /*
+       The number of Subscribe Matches which should occur
+       before the Subscribe request is automatically terminated.
+    */
+    u8 subscribe_count; /* If this value is 0 this field is not used by the DE.*/
+
+    u16 service_name_len;                      /* length of service name */
+    u8 service_name[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_NAME_LEN]; /* UTF-8 encoded string identifying the service */
+
+    /* Sequence of values which further specify the published service beyond the service name*/
+    u16 service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Ordered sequence of <length, value> pairs used to filter out received publish discovery
+       messages. This can be sent both for a Passive or an Active Subscribe
+    */
+    u16 rx_match_filter_len;
+    u8 rx_match_filter[NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Ordered sequence of <length, value> pairs  included in the
+       Discovery Frame when an Active Subscribe is used.
+    */
+    u16 tx_match_filter_len;
+    u8 tx_match_filter[NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Flag which specifies that the Subscribe should use the configured RSSI
+       threshold and the received RSSI in order to filter requests
+       0 – ignore the configured RSSI threshold when running a Service
+           Descriptor attribute or Service ID List Attribute through the DE matching logic.
+       1 – use the configured RSSI threshold when running a Service
+           Descriptor attribute or Service ID List Attribute through the DE matching logic.
+
+    */
+    u8 rssi_threshold_flag;
+
+    /*
+       8-bit bitmap which allows the Host to associate this Active
+       Subscribe with a particular Post-NAN Connectivity attribute
+       which has been sent down in a NanConfigureRequest/NanEnableRequest
+       message.  If the DE fails to find a configured Post-NAN
+       connectivity attributes referenced by the bitmap,
+       the DE will return an error code to the Host.
+       If the Subscribe is configured to use a Post-NAN Connectivity
+       attribute and the Host does not refresh the Post-NAN Connectivity
+       attribute the Subscribe will be canceled and the Host will be sent
+       a SubscribeTerminatedIndication message.
+    */
+    u8 connmap;
+    /*
+       NAN Interface Address, conforming to the format as described in
+       8.2.4.3.2 of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012.
+    */
+    u8 num_intf_addr_present;
+    u8 intf_addr[NAN_MAX_SUBSCRIBE_MAX_ADDRESS][NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+      Set/Enable corresponding bits to disable indications that follow a subscribe.
+      BIT0 - Disable subscribe termination indication.
+      BIT1 - Disable match expired indication.
+      BIT2 - Disable followUp indication received (OTA).
+    */
+    u8 recv_indication_cfg;
+
+    /* NAN Cipher Suite Type */
+    u32 cipher_type;
+    /*
+       Nan Security Key Info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       PMK or passphrase info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+    */
+    NanSecurityKeyInfo key_info;
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+
+    /* NAN configure service discovery extended attributes */
+    NanSdeaCtrlParams sdea_params;
+
+    /* NAN Ranging configuration */
+    NanRangingCfg ranging_cfg;
+
+    /* Enable/disable NAN serivce Ranging auto response mode */
+    NanRangingAutoResponse ranging_auto_response;
+
+    /*
+      When the ranging_auto_response_cfg is not set, NanRangeRequestInd is
+      received. Nan Range Response to Peer MAC Addr is notified to indicate
+      ACCEPT/REJECT/CANCEL to the requestor.
+    */
+    NanRangeResponseCfg range_response_cfg;
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values indicating the service specific info in SDEA
+    */
+    u16 sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 sdea_service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+} NanSubscribeRequest;
+
+/*
+  NAN Subscribe Cancel Structure
+  The SubscribeCancelReq Message is used to request the DE to stop looking for the Service Name.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 subscribe_id;
+} NanSubscribeCancelRequest;
+
+/*
+  Transmit follow up Structure
+  The TransmitFollowupReq message is sent to the DE to allow the sending of the
+  Service_Specific_Info to a particular MAC address.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Publish or Subscribe Id of an earlier Publish/Subscribe */
+    u16 publish_subscribe_id;
+
+    /*
+       This Id is the Requestor Instance that is passed as
+       part of earlier MatchInd/FollowupInd message.
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];       /* Unicast address */
+    NanTxPriority priority;          /* priority of the request 2=high */
+    NanTransmitWindowType dw_or_faw; /* 0= send in a DW, 1=send in FAW */
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values which further specify the published service beyond
+       the service name.
+    */
+    u16 service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+    /*
+      Set/Enable corresponding bits to disable responses after followUp.
+      BIT0 - Disable followUp response from FW.
+    */
+    u8 recv_indication_cfg;
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values indicating the service specific info in SDEA
+    */
+    u16 sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 sdea_service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+} NanTransmitFollowupRequest;
+
+/*
+  Stats Request structure
+  The Discovery Engine can be queried at runtime by the Host processor for statistics
+  concerning various parts of the Discovery Engine.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanStatsType stats_type; /* NAN Statistics Request Type */
+    u8 clear; /* 0= Do not clear the stats and return the current contents , 1= Clear the associated
+                 stats  */
+} NanStatsRequest;
+
+/*
+  Config Structure
+  The NanConfigurationReq message is sent by the Host to the
+  Discovery Engine in order to configure the Discovery Engine during runtime.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_sid_beacon;
+    u8 sid_beacon;
+    u8 config_rssi_proximity;
+    u8 rssi_proximity;  // default value -60dBm
+    u8 config_master_pref;
+    u8 master_pref;  // default value 0x02
+    /*
+       1 byte value which defines the RSSI filter threshold.
+       Any Service Descriptors received above this value
+       that are configured for RSSI filtering will be dropped.
+       The rssi values should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 config_5g_rssi_close_proximity;
+    u8 rssi_close_proximity_5g_val;  // default value -60dBm
+    /*
+      Optional configuration of Configure request.
+      Each of the optional parameters have configure flag which
+      determine whether configuration is to be passed or not.
+    */
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which defines the window size over
+       which the “average RSSI” will be calculated over.
+    */
+    u8 config_rssi_window_size;
+    u8 rssi_window_size_val;  // default value 0x08
+    /*
+       If set to 1, the Discovery Engine will enclose the Cluster
+       Attribute only sent in Beacons in a Vendor Specific Attribute
+       and transmit in a Service Descriptor Frame.
+    */
+    u8 config_cluster_attribute_val;
+    /*
+      The periodicity in seconds between full scan’s to find any new
+      clusters available in the area.  A Full scan should not be done
+      more than every 10 seconds and should not be done less than every
+      30 seconds.
+    */
+    u8 config_scan_params;
+    NanSocialChannelScanParams scan_params_val;
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which forces the Random Factor to a particular
+       value for all transmitted Sync/Discovery beacons
+    */
+    u8 config_random_factor_force;
+    u8 random_factor_force_val;  // default value 0x00
+    /*
+       1 byte quantity which forces the HC for all transmitted Sync and
+       Discovery Beacon NO matter the real HC being received over the
+       air.
+    */
+    u8 config_hop_count_force;
+    u8 hop_count_force_val;  // default value of 0
+    /* NAN Post Connectivity Capability */
+    u8 config_conn_capability;
+    NanTransmitPostConnectivityCapability conn_capability_val;
+    /* NAN Post Discover Capability */
+    u8 num_config_discovery_attr;
+    NanTransmitPostDiscovery discovery_attr_val[NAN_MAX_POSTDISCOVERY_LEN];
+    /* NAN Further availability Map */
+    u8 config_fam;
+    NanFurtherAvailabilityMap fam_val;
+    /* Configure 2.4/5GHz DW */
+    NanConfigDW config_dw;
+    /*
+       By default discovery MAC address randomization is enabled
+       and default interval value is 30 minutes i.e. 1800 seconds.
+       The value 0 is used to disable MAC addr randomization.
+    */
+    u8 config_disc_mac_addr_randomization;
+    u32 disc_mac_addr_rand_interval_sec;  // default value of 30 minutes
+
+    /*
+      Set/Enable corresponding bits to disable Discovery indications:
+      BIT0 - Disable Discovery MAC Address Event.
+      BIT1 - Disable Started Cluster Event.
+      BIT2 - Disable Joined Cluster Event.
+    */
+    u8 discovery_indication_cfg;  // default value of 0
+    /*
+       BIT 0 is used to specify to include Service IDs in Sync/Discovery beacons
+       0 - Do not include SIDs in any beacons
+       1 - Include SIDs in all beacons.
+       Rest 7 bits are count field which allows control over the number of SIDs
+       included in the Beacon.  0 means to include as many SIDs that fit into
+       the maximum allow Beacon frame size
+    */
+    u8 config_subscribe_sid_beacon;
+    u32 subscribe_sid_beacon_val;  // default value 0x0
+    /*
+       Discovery Beacon Interval config.
+       Default value is 128 msec in 2G DW and 176 msec in 2G/5G DW.
+       When 0 value is passed it is reset to default value of 128 or 176 msec.
+    */
+    u8 config_discovery_beacon_int;
+    u32 discovery_beacon_interval;
+    /*
+       Enable Number of Spatial Streams.
+       This is NAN Power Optimization feature for NAN discovery.
+    */
+    u8 config_nss;
+    // default value is implementation specific and passing 0 sets it to default
+    u32 nss;
+    /*
+       Enable device level NAN Ranging feature.
+       0 - Disable
+       1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_enable_ranging;
+    u32 enable_ranging;
+    /*
+       Enable/Disable DW Early termination.
+       0 - Disable
+       1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_dw_early_termination;
+    u32 enable_dw_termination;
+    /*
+       Indicate whether to use NDPE attribute to bring-up TCP/IP connection
+       If config_ndpe_attr is not configured, the default behavior is
+       not using NDPE attr, and the capability is not advertised.
+       0 - Not use
+       1 - Use
+    */
+    u8 config_ndpe_attr;
+    u32 use_ndpe_attr;
+    /*
+            Enable NAN v3.1 instant communication mode.
+            0 - Disable
+            1 - Enable
+    */
+    u8 config_enable_instant_mode;
+    u32 enable_instant_mode;
+    /*
+        Config NAN v3.1 instant communication channel selected over NFC/OOB method.
+        If dual band is supported default channel is 149 or 44 as per regulatory domain,
+        else channel 6 (send frequency in MHz).
+        Sometimes depending on country code retrictions, even 149/44 may be restricted
+        in those cases instant channel will be operational only in 2.4GHz.
+        Use wifi_get_usable_channels() API to get supported bands/channels before
+        Instant mode NFC handshake is triggered
+    */
+    u8 config_instant_mode_channel;
+    wifi_channel instant_mode_channel;
+} NanConfigRequest;
+
+/*
+  TCA Structure
+  The Discovery Engine can be configured to send up Events whenever a configured
+  Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) Type crosses an integral threshold in a particular direction.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanTcaType tca_type; /* Nan Protocol Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) Codes */
+
+    /* flag which control whether or not an event is generated for the Rising direction */
+    u8 rising_direction_evt_flag; /* 0 - no event, 1 - event */
+
+    /* flag which control whether or not an event is generated for the Falling direction */
+    u8 falling_direction_evt_flag; /* 0 - no event, 1 - event */
+
+    /* flag which requests a previous TCA request to be cleared from the DE */
+    u8 clear; /*0= Do not clear the TCA, 1=Clear the TCA */
+
+    /* 32 bit value which represents the threshold to be used.*/
+    u32 threshold;
+} NanTCARequest;
+
+/*
+  Beacon Sdf Payload Structure
+  The Discovery Engine can be configured to publish vendor specific attributes as part of
+  beacon or service discovery frame transmitted as part of this request..
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       NanVendorAttribute will have the Vendor Specific Attribute which the
+       vendor wants to publish as part of Discovery or Sync or Service discovery frame
+    */
+    NanTransmitVendorSpecificAttribute vsa;
+} NanBeaconSdfPayloadRequest;
+
+/* Publish statistics. */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 validPublishServiceReqMsgs;
+    u32 validPublishServiceRspMsgs;
+    u32 validPublishServiceCancelReqMsgs;
+    u32 validPublishServiceCancelRspMsgs;
+    u32 validPublishRepliedIndMsgs;
+    u32 validPublishTerminatedIndMsgs;
+    u32 validActiveSubscribes;
+    u32 validMatches;
+    u32 validFollowups;
+    u32 invalidPublishServiceReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidPublishServiceCancelReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidActiveSubscribes;
+    u32 invalidMatches;
+    u32 invalidFollowups;
+    u32 publishCount;
+    u32 publishNewMatchCount;
+    u32 pubsubGlobalNewMatchCount;
+} NanPublishStats;
+
+/* Subscribe statistics. */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 validSubscribeServiceReqMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeServiceRspMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeServiceCancelReqMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeServiceCancelRspMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeTerminatedIndMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeMatchIndMsgs;
+    u32 validSubscribeUnmatchIndMsgs;
+    u32 validSolicitedPublishes;
+    u32 validMatches;
+    u32 validFollowups;
+    u32 invalidSubscribeServiceReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidSubscribeServiceCancelReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidSubscribeFollowupReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidSolicitedPublishes;
+    u32 invalidMatches;
+    u32 invalidFollowups;
+    u32 subscribeCount;
+    u32 bloomFilterIndex;
+    u32 subscribeNewMatchCount;
+    u32 pubsubGlobalNewMatchCount;
+} NanSubscribeStats;
+
+/* NAN DW Statistics*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* RX stats */
+    u32 validFrames;
+    u32 validActionFrames;
+    u32 validBeaconFrames;
+    u32 ignoredActionFrames;
+    u32 ignoredBeaconFrames;
+    u32 invalidFrames;
+    u32 invalidActionFrames;
+    u32 invalidBeaconFrames;
+    u32 invalidMacHeaders;
+    u32 invalidPafHeaders;
+    u32 nonNanBeaconFrames;
+
+    u32 earlyActionFrames;
+    u32 inDwActionFrames;
+    u32 lateActionFrames;
+
+    /* TX stats */
+    u32 framesQueued;
+    u32 totalTRSpUpdates;
+    u32 completeByTRSp;
+    u32 completeByTp75DW;
+    u32 completeByTendDW;
+    u32 lateActionFramesTx;
+} NanDWStats;
+
+/* NAN MAC Statistics. */
+typedef struct {
+    /* RX stats */
+    u32 validFrames;
+    u32 validActionFrames;
+    u32 validBeaconFrames;
+    u32 ignoredActionFrames;
+    u32 ignoredBeaconFrames;
+    u32 invalidFrames;
+    u32 invalidActionFrames;
+    u32 invalidBeaconFrames;
+    u32 invalidMacHeaders;
+    u32 invalidPafHeaders;
+    u32 nonNanBeaconFrames;
+
+    u32 earlyActionFrames;
+    u32 inDwActionFrames;
+    u32 lateActionFrames;
+
+    /* TX stats */
+    u32 framesQueued;
+    u32 totalTRSpUpdates;
+    u32 completeByTRSp;
+    u32 completeByTp75DW;
+    u32 completeByTendDW;
+    u32 lateActionFramesTx;
+
+    u32 twIncreases;
+    u32 twDecreases;
+    u32 twChanges;
+    u32 twHighwater;
+    u32 bloomFilterIndex;
+} NanMacStats;
+
+/* NAN Sync Statistics*/
+typedef struct {
+    u64 currTsf;
+    u64 myRank;
+    u64 currAmRank;
+    u64 lastAmRank;
+    u32 currAmBTT;
+    u32 lastAmBTT;
+    u8 currAmHopCount;
+    u8 currRole;
+    u16 currClusterId;
+
+    u64 timeSpentInCurrRole;
+    u64 totalTimeSpentAsMaster;
+    u64 totalTimeSpentAsNonMasterSync;
+    u64 totalTimeSpentAsNonMasterNonSync;
+    u32 transitionsToAnchorMaster;
+    u32 transitionsToMaster;
+    u32 transitionsToNonMasterSync;
+    u32 transitionsToNonMasterNonSync;
+    u32 amrUpdateCount;
+    u32 amrUpdateRankChangedCount;
+    u32 amrUpdateBTTChangedCount;
+    u32 amrUpdateHcChangedCount;
+    u32 amrUpdateNewDeviceCount;
+    u32 amrExpireCount;
+    u32 mergeCount;
+    u32 beaconsAboveHcLimit;
+    u32 beaconsBelowRssiThresh;
+    u32 beaconsIgnoredNoSpace;
+    u32 beaconsForOurCluster;
+    u32 beaconsForOtherCluster;
+    u32 beaconCancelRequests;
+    u32 beaconCancelFailures;
+    u32 beaconUpdateRequests;
+    u32 beaconUpdateFailures;
+    u32 syncBeaconTxAttempts;
+    u32 syncBeaconTxFailures;
+    u32 discBeaconTxAttempts;
+    u32 discBeaconTxFailures;
+    u32 amHopCountExpireCount;
+    u32 ndpChannelFreq;
+    u32 ndpChannelFreq2;
+    u32 schedUpdateChannelFreq;
+} NanSyncStats;
+
+/* NAN Misc DE Statistics */
+typedef struct {
+    u32 validErrorRspMsgs;
+    u32 validTransmitFollowupReqMsgs;
+    u32 validTransmitFollowupRspMsgs;
+    u32 validFollowupIndMsgs;
+    u32 validConfigurationReqMsgs;
+    u32 validConfigurationRspMsgs;
+    u32 validStatsReqMsgs;
+    u32 validStatsRspMsgs;
+    u32 validEnableReqMsgs;
+    u32 validEnableRspMsgs;
+    u32 validDisableReqMsgs;
+    u32 validDisableRspMsgs;
+    u32 validDisableIndMsgs;
+    u32 validEventIndMsgs;
+    u32 validTcaReqMsgs;
+    u32 validTcaRspMsgs;
+    u32 validTcaIndMsgs;
+    u32 invalidTransmitFollowupReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidConfigurationReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidStatsReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidEnableReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidDisableReqMsgs;
+    u32 invalidTcaReqMsgs;
+} NanDeStats;
+
+/* Publish Response Message structure */
+typedef struct {
+    u16 publish_id;
+} NanPublishResponse;
+
+/* Subscribe Response Message structure */
+typedef struct {
+    u16 subscribe_id;
+} NanSubscribeResponse;
+
+/*
+  Stats Response Message structure
+  The Discovery Engine response to a request by the Host for statistics.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanStatsType stats_type;
+    union {
+        NanPublishStats publish_stats;
+        NanSubscribeStats subscribe_stats;
+        NanMacStats mac_stats;
+        NanSyncStats sync_stats;
+        NanDeStats de_stats;
+        NanDWStats dw_stats;
+    } data;
+} NanStatsResponse;
+
+/* Response returned for Initiators Data request */
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator
+      side used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id;
+} NanDataPathRequestResponse;
+
+/*
+  NAN Response messages
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanStatusType status;              /* contains the result code */
+    char nan_error[NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN]; /* Describe the NAN error type */
+    NanResponseType response_type;     /* NanResponseType Definitions */
+    union {
+        NanPublishResponse publish_response;
+        NanSubscribeResponse subscribe_response;
+        NanStatsResponse stats_response;
+        NanDataPathRequestResponse data_request_response;
+        NanCapabilities nan_capabilities;
+    } body;
+} NanResponseMsg;
+
+/*
+  Publish Replied Indication
+  The PublishRepliedInd Message is sent by the DE when an Active Subscribe is
+  received over the air and it matches a Solicited PublishServiceReq which had
+  been created with the replied_event_flag set.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+       A 32 bit Requestor Instance Id which is sent to the Application.
+       This Id will be sent in any subsequent UnmatchInd/FollowupInd
+       messages
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       If RSSI filtering was configured in NanPublishRequest then this
+       field will contain the received RSSI value. 0 if not
+    */
+    u8 rssi_value;
+} NanPublishRepliedInd;
+
+/*
+  Publish Terminated
+  The PublishTerminatedInd message is sent by the DE whenever a Publish
+  terminates from a user-specified timeout or a unrecoverable error in the DE.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Id returned during the initial Publish */
+    u16 publish_id;
+    /*
+      For all user configured termination NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+      and no other reasons expected from firmware.
+    */
+    NanStatusType reason;
+    char nan_reason[NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN]; /* Describe the NAN reason type */
+} NanPublishTerminatedInd;
+
+/*
+  Match Indication
+  The MatchInd message is sent once per responding MAC address whenever
+  the Discovery Engine detects a match for a previous SubscribeServiceReq
+  or PublishServiceReq.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Publish or Subscribe Id of an earlier Publish/Subscribe */
+    u16 publish_subscribe_id;
+    /*
+       A 32 bit Requestor Instance Id which is sent to the Application.
+       This Id will be sent in any subsequent UnmatchInd/FollowupInd
+       messages
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of octets which were received in a Discovery Frame matching the
+       Subscribe Request.
+    */
+    u16 service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Ordered sequence of <length, value> pairs received in the Discovery Frame
+       matching the Subscribe Request.
+    */
+    u16 sdf_match_filter_len;
+    u8 sdf_match_filter[NAN_MAX_MATCH_FILTER_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       flag to indicate if the Match occurred in a Beacon Frame or in a
+       Service Discovery Frame.
+         0 - Match occured in a Service Discovery Frame
+         1 - Match occured in a Beacon Frame
+    */
+    u8 match_occured_flag;
+
+    /*
+       flag to indicate FW is out of resource and that it can no longer
+       track this Service Name. The Host still need to send the received
+       Match_Handle but duplicate MatchInd messages may be received on
+       this Handle until the resource frees up.
+         0 - FW is caching this match
+         1 - FW is unable to cache this match
+    */
+    u8 out_of_resource_flag;
+
+    /*
+       If RSSI filtering was configured in NanSubscribeRequest then this
+       field will contain the received RSSI value. 0 if not.
+       All rssi values should be specified without sign.
+       For eg: -70dBm should be specified as 70.
+    */
+    u8 rssi_value;
+
+    /*
+       optional attributes. Each optional attribute is associated with a flag
+       which specifies whether the attribute is valid or not
+    */
+    /* NAN Post Connectivity Capability received */
+    u8 is_conn_capability_valid;
+    NanReceivePostConnectivityCapability conn_capability;
+
+    /* NAN Post Discover Capability */
+    u8 num_rx_discovery_attr;
+    NanReceivePostDiscovery discovery_attr[NAN_MAX_POSTDISCOVERY_LEN];
+
+    /* NAN Further availability Map */
+    u8 num_chans;
+    NanFurtherAvailabilityChannel famchan[NAN_MAX_FAM_CHANNELS];
+
+    /* NAN Cluster Attribute */
+    u8 cluster_attribute_len;
+    u8 cluster_attribute[NAN_MAX_CLUSTER_ATTRIBUTE_LEN];
+
+    /* NAN Cipher Suite */
+    u32 peer_cipher_type;
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+
+    /* Peer service discovery extended attributes */
+    NanSdeaCtrlParams peer_sdea_params;
+
+    /*
+      Ranging indication and NanMatchAlg are not tied.
+      Ex: NanMatchAlg can indicate Match_ONCE, but ranging
+      indications can be continuous. All ranging indications
+      depend on SDEA control parameters of ranging required for
+      continuous, and ingress/egress values in the ranging config.
+      Ranging indication data is notified if:
+      1) Ranging required is enabled in SDEA.
+         range info notified continuous.
+      2) if range_limit ingress/egress MASKS are enabled
+         notify once for ingress >= ingress_distance
+         and egress <= egress_distance, same for ingress_egress_both
+      3) if the Awake DW intervals are higher than the ranging intervals,
+         priority is given to the device DW intervalsi.
+    */
+    /*
+      Range Info includes:
+      1) distance to the NAN device with the MAC address indicated
+         with ranged mac address.
+      2) Ranging event matching the configuration of continuous/ingress/egress.
+    */
+    NanRangeInfo range_info;
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values indicating the service specific info in SDEA
+    */
+    u16 sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 sdea_service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+} NanMatchInd;
+
+/*
+  MatchExpired Indication
+  The MatchExpiredInd message is sent whenever the Discovery Engine detects that
+  a previously Matched Service has been gone for too long. If the previous
+  MatchInd message for this Publish/Subscribe Id had the out_of_resource_flag
+  set then this message will not be received
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Publish or Subscribe Id of an earlier Publish/Subscribe */
+    u16 publish_subscribe_id;
+    /*
+       32 bit value sent by the DE in a previous
+       MatchInd/FollowupInd to the application.
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+} NanMatchExpiredInd;
+
+/*
+  Subscribe Terminated
+  The SubscribeTerminatedInd message is sent by the DE whenever a
+  Subscribe terminates from a user-specified timeout or a unrecoverable error in the DE.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Id returned during initial Subscribe */
+    u16 subscribe_id;
+    /*
+      For all user configured termination NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+      and no other reasons expected from firmware.
+    */
+    NanStatusType reason;
+    char nan_reason[NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN]; /* Describe the NAN reason type */
+} NanSubscribeTerminatedInd;
+
+/*
+  Followup Indication Message
+  The FollowupInd message is sent by the DE to the Host whenever it receives a
+  Followup message from another peer.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* Publish or Subscribe Id of an earlier Publish/Subscribe */
+    u16 publish_subscribe_id;
+    /*
+       A 32 bit Requestor instance Id which is sent to the Application.
+       This Id will be used in subsequent UnmatchInd/FollowupInd messages.
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id;
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+
+    /* Flag which the DE uses to decide if received in a DW or a FAW*/
+    u8 dw_or_faw; /* 0=Received  in a DW, 1 = Received in a FAW*/
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values which further specify the published service beyond
+       the service name
+    */
+    u16 service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+
+    /*
+       Sequence of values indicating the service specific info in SDEA
+    */
+    u16 sdea_service_specific_info_len;
+    u8 sdea_service_specific_info[NAN_MAX_SDEA_SERVICE_SPECIFIC_INFO_LEN];
+} NanFollowupInd;
+
+/*
+   Event data notifying the Mac address of the Discovery engine.
+   which is reported as one of the Discovery engine event
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+} NanMacAddressEvent;
+
+/*
+   Event data notifying the Cluster address of the cluster
+   which is reported as one of the Discovery engine event
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+} NanClusterEvent;
+
+/*
+  Discovery Engine Event Indication
+  The Discovery Engine can inform the Host when significant events occur
+  The data following the EventId is dependent upon the EventId type.
+  In other words, each new event defined will carry a different
+  structure of information back to the host.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanDiscEngEventType event_type; /* NAN Protocol Event Codes */
+    union {
+        /*
+           MacAddressEvent which will have 6 byte mac address
+           of the Discovery engine.
+        */
+        NanMacAddressEvent mac_addr;
+        /*
+           Cluster Event Data which will be obtained when the
+           device starts a new cluster or joins a cluster.
+           The event data will have 6 byte octet string of the
+           cluster started or joined.
+        */
+        NanClusterEvent cluster;
+    } data;
+} NanDiscEngEventInd;
+
+/* Cluster size TCA event*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* size of the cluster*/
+    u32 cluster_size;
+} NanTcaClusterEvent;
+
+/*
+  NAN TCA Indication
+  The Discovery Engine can inform the Host when significant events occur.
+  The data following the TcaId is dependent upon the TcaId type.
+  In other words, each new event defined will carry a different structure
+  of information back to the host.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    NanTcaType tca_type;
+    /* flag which defines if the configured Threshold has risen above the threshold */
+    u8 rising_direction_evt_flag; /* 0 - no event, 1 - event */
+
+    /* flag which defines if the configured Threshold has fallen below the threshold */
+    u8 falling_direction_evt_flag; /* 0 - no event, 1 - event */
+    union {
+        /*
+           This event in obtained when the cluser size threshold
+           is crossed. Event will have the cluster size
+        */
+        NanTcaClusterEvent cluster;
+    } data;
+} NanTCAInd;
+
+/*
+  NAN Disabled Indication
+  The NanDisableInd message indicates to the upper layers that the Discovery
+  Engine has flushed all state and has been shutdown.  When this message is received
+  the DE is guaranteed to have left the NAN cluster it was part of and will have terminated
+  any in progress Publishes or Subscribes.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Following reasons expected:
+      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+      NAN_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_CONCURRENCY_NAN_DISABLED
+    */
+    NanStatusType reason;
+    char nan_reason[NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN]; /* Describe the NAN reason type */
+} NanDisabledInd;
+
+/*
+  NAN Beacon or SDF Payload Indication
+  The NanBeaconSdfPayloadInd message indicates to the upper layers that information
+  elements were received either in a Beacon or SDF which needs to be delivered
+  outside of a Publish/Subscribe Handle.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /* The MAC address of the peer which sent the attributes.*/
+    u8 addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       Optional attributes. Each optional attribute is associated with a flag
+       which specifies whether the attribute is valid or not
+    */
+    /* NAN Receive Vendor Specific Attribute*/
+    u8 is_vsa_received;
+    NanReceiveVendorSpecificAttribute vsa;
+
+    /* NAN Beacon or SDF Payload Received*/
+    u8 is_beacon_sdf_payload_received;
+    NanBeaconSdfPayloadReceive data;
+} NanBeaconSdfPayloadInd;
+
+/*
+  Event Indication notifying the
+  transmit followup in progress
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    transaction_id id;
+    /*
+      Following reason codes returned:
+      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+      NAN_STATUS_NO_OTA_ACK
+      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+    */
+    NanStatusType reason;
+    char nan_reason[NAN_ERROR_STR_LEN]; /* Describe the NAN reason type */
+} NanTransmitFollowupInd;
+
+/*
+  Data request Initiator/Responder
+  app/service related info
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 ndp_app_info_len;
+    u8 ndp_app_info[NAN_DP_MAX_APP_INFO_LEN];
+} NanDataPathAppInfo;
+
+/* QoS configuration */
+typedef enum { NAN_DP_CONFIG_NO_QOS = 0, NAN_DP_CONFIG_QOS } NanDataPathQosCfg;
+
+/* Configuration params of Data request Initiator/Responder */
+typedef struct {
+    /* Status Indicating Security/No Security */
+    NanDataPathSecurityCfgStatus security_cfg;
+    NanDataPathQosCfg qos_cfg;
+} NanDataPathCfg;
+
+/* Nan Data Path Initiator requesting a data session */
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+     Unique Instance Id identifying the Responder's service.
+     This is same as publish_id notified on the subscribe side
+     in a publish/subscribe scenario
+    */
+    u32 requestor_instance_id; /* Value 0 for no publish/subscribe */
+
+    /* Config flag for channel request */
+    NanDataPathChannelCfg channel_request_type;
+    /* Channel frequency in MHz to start data-path */
+    wifi_channel channel;
+    /*
+      Discovery MAC addr of the publisher/peer
+    */
+    u8 peer_disc_mac_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+     Interface name on which this NDP session is to be started.
+     This will be the same interface name provided during interface
+     create.
+    */
+    char ndp_iface[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+    /* Initiator/Responder Security/QoS configuration */
+    NanDataPathCfg ndp_cfg;
+    /* App/Service information of the Initiator */
+    NanDataPathAppInfo app_info;
+    /* NAN Cipher Suite Type */
+    u32 cipher_type;
+    /*
+       Nan Security Key Info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       PMK or passphrase info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+    */
+    NanSecurityKeyInfo key_info;
+    /* length of service name */
+    u32 service_name_len;
+    /*
+       UTF-8 encoded string identifying the service name.
+       The service name field is only used if a Nan discovery
+       is not associated with the NDP (out-of-band discovery).
+    */
+    u8 service_name[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_NAME_LEN];
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+} NanDataPathInitiatorRequest;
+
+/*
+  Data struct to initiate a data response on the responder side
+  for an indication received with a data request
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder
+      side used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id;
+    /*
+     Interface name on which this NDP session is to be started.
+     This will be the same interface name provided during interface
+     create.
+    */
+    char ndp_iface[IFNAMSIZ + 1];
+    /* Initiator/Responder Security/QoS configuration */
+    NanDataPathCfg ndp_cfg;
+    /* App/Service information of the responder */
+    NanDataPathAppInfo app_info;
+    /* Response Code indicating ACCEPT/REJECT/DEFER */
+    NanDataPathResponseCode rsp_code;
+    /* NAN Cipher Suite Type */
+    u32 cipher_type;
+    /*
+       Nan Security Key Info is optional in Discovery phase.
+       PMK or passphrase info can be passed during
+       the NDP session.
+    */
+    NanSecurityKeyInfo key_info;
+    /* length of service name */
+    u32 service_name_len;
+    /*
+       UTF-8 encoded string identifying the service name.
+       The service name field is only used if a Nan discovery
+       is not associated with the NDP (out-of-band discovery).
+    */
+    u8 service_name[NAN_MAX_SERVICE_NAME_LEN];
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+} NanDataPathIndicationResponse;
+
+/* NDP termination info */
+typedef struct {
+    u8 num_ndp_instances;
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder side
+      used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id[];
+} NanDataPathEndRequest;
+
+/*
+  Event indication received on the
+  responder side when a Nan Data request or
+  NDP session is initiated on the Initiator side
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Unique Instance Id corresponding to a service/session.
+      This is similar to the publish_id generated on the
+      publisher side
+    */
+    u16 service_instance_id;
+    /* Discovery MAC addr of the peer/initiator */
+    u8 peer_disc_mac_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder side
+      used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id;
+    /* Initiator/Responder Security/QoS configuration */
+    NanDataPathCfg ndp_cfg;
+    /* App/Service information of the initiator */
+    NanDataPathAppInfo app_info;
+
+    /* Security Context Identifiers length */
+    u32 scid_len;
+    /*
+       Security Context Identifier attribute contains PMKID
+       shall be included in NDP setup and response messages.
+       Security Context Identifier, Identifies the Security
+       Context. For NAN Shared Key Cipher Suite, this field
+       contains the 16 octet PMKID identifying the PMK used
+       for setting up the Secure Data Path.
+    */
+    u8 scid[NAN_MAX_SCID_BUF_LEN];
+} NanDataPathRequestInd;
+
+/*
+ Event indication of data confirm is received on both
+ initiator and responder side confirming a NDP session
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder side
+      used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id;
+    /*
+      NDI mac address of the peer
+      (required to derive target ipv6 address)
+    */
+    u8 peer_ndi_mac_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /* App/Service information of Initiator/Responder */
+    NanDataPathAppInfo app_info;
+    /* Response code indicating ACCEPT/REJECT/DEFER */
+    NanDataPathResponseCode rsp_code;
+    /*
+      Reason code indicating the cause for REJECT.
+      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS and NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE are
+      expected reason codes.
+    */
+    NanStatusType reason_code;
+    /* Number of channels for which info is indicated */
+    u32 num_channels;
+    /*
+      Data indicating the Channel list and BW of the channel.
+    */
+    NanChannelInfo channel_info[NAN_MAX_CHANNEL_INFO_SUPPORTED];
+} NanDataPathConfirmInd;
+
+/*
+ Event indication of schedule update is received on both
+ initiator and responder when a schedule change occurs
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*
+      NMI mac address
+    */
+    u8 peer_mac_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+      Reason code indicating the cause of schedule update.
+      BIT_0 NSS Update
+      BIT_1 Channel list update
+    */
+    u32 schedule_update_reason_code;
+    /* Number of channels for which info is indicated */
+    u32 num_channels;
+    /*
+      Data indicating the Channel list and BW of the channel.
+    */
+    NanChannelInfo channel_info[NAN_MAX_CHANNEL_INFO_SUPPORTED];
+    /* Number of NDP instance Ids */
+    u8 num_ndp_instances;
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder side
+      used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id[];
+} NanDataPathScheduleUpdateInd;
+
+/*
+  Event indication received on the
+  initiator/responder side terminating
+  a NDP session
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u8 num_ndp_instances;
+    /*
+      Unique token Id generated on the initiator/responder side
+      used for a NDP session between two NAN devices
+    */
+    NanDataPathId ndp_instance_id[];
+} NanDataPathEndInd;
+
+/*
+  Event indicating Range Request received on the
+  Published side.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 publish_id; /* id is existing publish */
+    /* Range Requestor's MAC address */
+    u8 range_req_intf_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+} NanRangeRequestInd;
+
+/*
+  Event indicating Range report on the
+  Published side.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    u16 publish_id; /* id is existing publish */
+    /* Range Requestor's MAC address */
+    u8 range_req_intf_addr[NAN_MAC_ADDR_LEN];
+    /*
+       Distance to the NAN device with the MAC address indicated
+       with ranged mac address.
+    */
+    u32 range_measurement_mm;
+} NanRangeReportInd;
+
+/* Response and Event Callbacks */
+typedef struct {
+    /* NotifyResponse invoked to notify the status of the Request */
+    void (*NotifyResponse)(transaction_id id, NanResponseMsg* rsp_data);
+    /* Callbacks for various Events */
+    void (*EventPublishReplied)(NanPublishRepliedInd* event);
+    void (*EventPublishTerminated)(NanPublishTerminatedInd* event);
+    void (*EventMatch)(NanMatchInd* event);
+    void (*EventMatchExpired)(NanMatchExpiredInd* event);
+    void (*EventSubscribeTerminated)(NanSubscribeTerminatedInd* event);
+    void (*EventFollowup)(NanFollowupInd* event);
+    void (*EventDiscEngEvent)(NanDiscEngEventInd* event);
+    void (*EventDisabled)(NanDisabledInd* event);
+    void (*EventTca)(NanTCAInd* event);
+    void (*EventBeaconSdfPayload)(NanBeaconSdfPayloadInd* event);
+    void (*EventDataRequest)(NanDataPathRequestInd* event);
+    void (*EventDataConfirm)(NanDataPathConfirmInd* event);
+    void (*EventDataEnd)(NanDataPathEndInd* event);
+    void (*EventTransmitFollowup)(NanTransmitFollowupInd* event);
+    void (*EventRangeRequest)(NanRangeRequestInd* event);
+    void (*EventRangeReport)(NanRangeReportInd* event);
+    void (*EventScheduleUpdate)(NanDataPathScheduleUpdateInd* event);
+} NanCallbackHandler;
+
+/**@brief nan_enable_request
+ *        Enable NAN functionality
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanEnableRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_ALREADY_ENABLED
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_NAN_NOT_ALLOWED
+ */
+wifi_error nan_enable_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                              NanEnableRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_disbale_request
+ *        Disable NAN functionality.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanDisableRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *
+ */
+wifi_error nan_disable_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/**@brief nan_publish_request
+ *        Publish request to advertize a service
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanPublishRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_NO_RESOURCE_AVAILABLE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID
+ */
+wifi_error nan_publish_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                               NanPublishRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_publish_cancel_request
+ *        Cancel previous publish request
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanPublishCancelRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_publish_cancel_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                      NanPublishCancelRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_subscribe_request
+ *        Subscribe request to search for a service
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanSubscribeRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_NO_SPACE_AVAILABLE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID
+ */
+wifi_error nan_subscribe_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                 NanSubscribeRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_subscribe_cancel_request
+ *         Cancel previous subscribe requests.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanSubscribeRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_subscribe_cancel_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                        NanSubscribeCancelRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_transmit_followup_request
+ *         NAN transmit follow up request
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanTransmitFollowupRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PUBLISH_SUBSCRIBE_ID
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_REQUESTOR_INSTANCE_ID
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_FOLLOWUP_QUEUE_FULL
+ * @return Asynchronous TransmitFollowupInd CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_NO_OTA_ACK
+ */
+wifi_error nan_transmit_followup_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                         NanTransmitFollowupRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_stats_request
+ *        Request NAN statistics from Discovery Engine.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanStatsRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ */
+wifi_error nan_stats_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, NanStatsRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_config_request
+ *        NAN configuration request.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanConfigRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_config_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                              NanConfigRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_tca_request
+ *        Configure the various Threshold crossing alerts
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanStatsRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_tca_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, NanTCARequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_beacon_sdf_payload_request
+ *        Set NAN Beacon or sdf payload to discovery engine.
+ *          This instructs the Discovery Engine to begin publishing the
+ *        received payload in any Beacon or Service Discovery Frame transmitted
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanStatsRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_beacon_sdf_payload_request(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                          NanBeaconSdfPayloadRequest* msg);
+
+/* Register NAN callbacks. */
+wifi_error nan_register_handler(wifi_interface_handle iface, NanCallbackHandler handlers);
+
+/*  Get NAN HAL version. */
+wifi_error nan_get_version(wifi_handle handle, NanVersion* version);
+
+/**@brief nan_get_capabilities
+ *        Get NAN Capabilities
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ */
+/*  Get NAN capabilities. */
+wifi_error nan_get_capabilities(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+/* ========== Nan Data Path APIs ================ */
+/**@brief nan_data_interface_create
+ *        Create NAN Data Interface.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param iface_name:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_data_interface_create(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                     char* iface_name);
+
+/**@brief nan_data_interface_delete
+ *        Delete NAN Data Interface.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param iface_name:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ */
+wifi_error nan_data_interface_delete(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                     char* iface_name);
+
+/**@brief nan_data_request_initiator
+ *        Initiate a NAN Data Path session.
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanDataPathInitiatorRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_REQUESTOR_INSTANCE_ID
+ */
+wifi_error nan_data_request_initiator(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                      NanDataPathInitiatorRequest* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_data_indication_response
+ *         Response to a data indication received
+ *         corresponding to a NDP session. An indication
+ *         is received with a data request and the responder
+ *         will send a data response
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanDataPathIndicationResponse:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_NDP_ID
+ */
+wifi_error nan_data_indication_response(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                        NanDataPathIndicationResponse* msg);
+
+/**@brief nan_data_end
+ *         NDL termination request: from either Initiator/Responder
+ *
+ * @param transaction_id:
+ * @param wifi_interface_handle:
+ * @param NanDataPathEndRequest:
+ * @return Synchronous wifi_error
+ * @return Asynchronous NotifyResponse CB return
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_SUCCESS
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INTERNAL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_PROTOCOL_FAILURE
+ *                      NAN_STATUS_INVALID_NDP_ID
+ */
+wifi_error nan_data_end(transaction_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface, NanDataPathEndRequest* msg);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __NAN_H__ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_offload.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_offload.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c69e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_offload.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_OFFLOAD_H
+#define __WIFI_HAL_OFFLOAD_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define ETHER_ADDR_LEN 6            // Ethernet frame address length
+#define N_AVAIL_ID 3                // available mkeep_alive IDs from 1 to 3
+#define MKEEP_ALIVE_IP_PKT_MAX 256  // max size of IP packet for keep alive
+
+/**
+ * Send specified keep alive packet periodically.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_start_sending_offloaded_packet(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface,
+                                               u16 ether_type, u8* ip_packet, u16 ip_packet_len,
+                                               u8* src_mac_addr, u8* dst_mac_addr, u32 period_msec);
+
+/**
+ * Stop sending keep alive packet.
+ */
+wifi_error wifi_stop_sending_offloaded_packet(wifi_request_id id, wifi_interface_handle iface);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /*__WIFI_HAL_OFFLOAD_H */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_twt.h b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_twt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..994bb18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/hal_legacy/wifi_twt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2020 The Android Open Source Project
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __WIFI_HAL_TWT_H__
+#define __WIFI_HAL_TWT_H__
+
+#include "wifi_hal.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 requester_supported;      // 0 for not supporting requester
+    u8 responder_supported;      // 0 for not supporting responder
+    u8 broadcast_twt_supported;  // 0 for not supporting broadcast TWT
+    u8 flexibile_twt_supported;  // 0 for not supporting flexible TWT
+} TwtCapability;
+
+typedef struct {
+    TwtCapability device_capability;
+    TwtCapability peer_capability;
+} TwtCapabilitySet;
+
+// For all optional fields below, if no value specify -1
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;          // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 negotiation_type;   // 0 for individual TWT, 1 for broadcast TWT
+    u8 trigger_type;       // 0 for non-triggered TWT, 1 for triggered TWT
+    s32 wake_dur_us;       // Proposed wake duration in us
+    s32 wake_int_us;       // Average wake interval in us
+    s32 wake_int_min_us;   // Min wake interval in us. Optional.
+    s32 wake_int_max_us;   // Max wake interval in us. Optional.
+    s32 wake_dur_min_us;   // Min wake duration in us. Optional.
+    s32 wake_dur_max_us;   // Max wake duration in us. Optional.
+    s32 avg_pkt_size;      // Average bytes of each packet to send in each wake
+                           // duration. Optional.
+    s32 avg_pkt_num;       // Average number of packets to send in each wake
+                           // duration. Optional.
+    s32 wake_time_off_us;  // First wake duration time offset in us. Optional.
+} TwtSetupRequest;
+
+typedef enum {
+    TWT_SETUP_SUCCESS = 0,  // TWT setup is accepted.
+    TWT_SETUP_REJECT = 1,   // TWT setup is rejected by AP.
+    TWT_SETUP_TIMEOUT = 2,  // TWT setup response from AP times out.
+    TWT_SETUP_IE = 3,       // AP sent TWT Setup IE parsing failure.
+    TWT_SETUP_PARAMS = 4,   // AP sent TWT Setup IE Parameters invalid.
+    TWT_SETUP_ERROR = 255,  // Generic error
+} TwtSetupReasonCode;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;  // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 status;     // 0 for success, non-zero for failure
+    TwtSetupReasonCode reason_code;
+    u8 negotiation_type;   // 0 for individual TWT, 1 for broadcast TWT
+    u8 trigger_type;       // 0 for non-triggered TWT, 1 for triggered TWT
+    s32 wake_dur_us;       // Proposed wake duration in us
+    s32 wake_int_us;       // Average wake interval in us
+    s32 wake_time_off_us;  // First wake duration time offset in us.
+} TwtSetupResponse;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;         // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 all_twt;           // 0 for individual setp request, 1 for all TWT
+    u8 negotiation_type;  // 0 for individual TWT, 1 for broadcast TWT
+} TwtTeardownRequest;
+
+typedef enum {
+    TWT_TD_RC_HOST = 0,        // Teardown triggered by Host
+    TWT_TD_RC_PEER = 1,        // Peer initiated teardown
+    TWT_TD_RC_MCHAN = 2,       // Teardown due to MCHAN Active
+    TWT_TD_RC_MCNX = 3,        // Teardown due to MultiConnection
+    TWT_TD_RC_CSA = 4,         // Teardown due to CSA
+    TWT_TD_RC_BTCX = 5,        // Teardown due to BT Coex
+    TWT_TD_RC_SETUP_FAIL = 6,  // Setup fails midway. Teardown all connections
+    TWT_TD_RC_SCHED = 7,       // Teardown by TWT Scheduler
+    TWT_TD_RC_ERROR = 255,     // Generic error cases
+} TwtTeardownReason;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;  // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 all_twt;    // 0 for individual setp request, 1 for all TWT
+    u8 status;     // 0 for success, non-zero for failure
+    TwtTeardownReason reason;
+} TwtTeardownCompletion;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;        // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 all_twt;          // 0 for individual setup request, 1 for all TWT
+    s32 resume_time_us;  // If -1, TWT is suspended for indefinite time.
+                         // Otherwise, TWT is suspended for resume_time_us
+} TwtInfoFrameRequest;
+
+typedef enum {
+    TWT_INFO_RC_HOST = 0,   // Host initiated TWT Info frame */
+    TWT_INFO_RC_PEER = 1,   // Peer initiated TWT Info frame
+    TWT_INFO_RC_ERROR = 2,  // Generic error conditions */
+} TwtInfoFrameReason;
+
+// TWT Info frame triggered externally.
+// Device should not send TwtInfoFrameReceived to Host for internally
+// triggered TWT Info frame during SCAN, MCHAN operations.
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;  // An unique ID for an individual TWT request
+    u8 all_twt;    // 0 for individual setup request, 1 for all TWT
+    u8 status;     // 0 for success, non-zero for failure
+    TwtInfoFrameReason reason;
+    u8 twt_resumed;  // 1 - TWT resumed, 0 - TWT suspended
+} TwtInfoFrameReceived;
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 config_id;
+    u32 avg_pkt_num_tx;   // Average number of Tx packets in each wake duration.
+    u32 avg_pkt_num_rx;   // Average number of Rx packets in each wake duration.
+    u32 avg_tx_pkt_size;  // Average bytes per Rx packet in each wake duration.
+    u32 avg_rx_pkt_size;  // Average bytes per Rx packet in each wake duration.
+    u32 avg_eosp_dur_us;  // Average duration of early terminated SP
+    u32 eosp_count;       // Count of early terminations
+    u32 num_sp;           // Count of service period (SP), also known as wake duration.
+} TwtStats;
+
+// Asynchronous notification from the device.
+// For example, TWT was torn down by the device and later when the device is
+// ready, it can send this async notification.
+// This can be expandable in future.
+typedef enum {
+    TWT_NOTIF_ALLOW_TWT = 1,  // Device ready to process TWT Setup request
+} TwtNotification;
+
+typedef struct {
+    TwtNotification notification;
+} TwtDeviceNotify;
+
+// Callbacks for various TWT responses and events
+typedef struct {
+    // Callback for TWT setup response
+    void (*EventTwtSetupResponse)(TwtSetupResponse* event);
+    // Callback for TWT teardown completion
+    void (*EventTwtTeardownCompletion)(TwtTeardownCompletion* event);
+    // Callback for TWT info frame received event
+    void (*EventTwtInfoFrameReceived)(TwtInfoFrameReceived* event);
+    // Callback for TWT notification from the device
+    void (*EventTwtDeviceNotify)(TwtDeviceNotify* event);
+} TwtCallbackHandler;
+
+#endif /* __WIFI_HAL_TWT_H__ */
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal.h b/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal.h
index 1fd784a..b6bd5ea 100644
--- a/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal.h
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal.h
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #include <thread>
 #include <vector>
 
-#include <hardware_legacy/wifi_hal.h>
+#include <hal_legacy/wifi_hal.h>
 #include <wifi_system/interface_tool.h>
 
 namespace android {
diff --git a/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal_stubs.h b/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal_stubs.h
index c9a03bf..ebc0347 100644
--- a/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal_stubs.h
+++ b/wifi/1.6/default/wifi_legacy_hal_stubs.h
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 #ifndef WIFI_LEGACY_HAL_STUBS_H_
 #define WIFI_LEGACY_HAL_STUBS_H_
 
-#include <hardware_legacy/wifi_hal.h>
+#include <hal_legacy/wifi_hal.h>
 
 namespace android {
 namespace hardware {